- ...~.. ..~._ CTS Y '7 CI ° . Now ~~ U .S.DEPART A fFiT OF C9 MIA ERCE ~FfatioaartTetfmicaiinfarr.ssatian Se rvice _ .~ .. ~ .~y . __- c~',~ ~~ : ;Summary ~~,.y ofEnvironmenta{Itil~ae~~~~ :~~ . bContinentalSlopeCanadian/UnitedStatesBorderto ; CapeHatteras,N .C .Chapters8through12 I~,y f .} . ~ ResearchInstituteoftheGulf ofMaine,Portland r Prepared for Bureauoflah"d'hfianagement,NewYrt : : May :6 3 i ,, .
279
Embed
Summary of Environmental Information on the Continental Slope Canadian/United States Border to
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
- ...~.. ..~. _CTSY '7
CI ° .Now
~ ~ U.S. DEPART AfFiT OF C9MIAERCE~ Ffatioaart Tetfmicai infarr.ssatian Se rvice
_ . ~ ..
~.~ y._ _- c~',~~ ~:
; Summary ~ ~,.yof Environmenta{ I ti l~ae ~~~~ :~~ .b Continental Slope Canadian/United States Border to;
Cape Hatteras, N.C. Chapters 8 through 12
I ~,yf . }.
~
Research Institute of the Gulf of Maine, Portland
r
Prepared for
Bureau of lah"d'hfianagement, New Yrt ::
May : 6
3
i
, ,.
_,..,.~ . .j . .~ .~ sem. M1
~
i
~
.
REhRT QOC4IYIENTA:ION L REPOrer NO. • L s,,R.c(oi.err Aaa., i on tra.PAGE BLAS-ST-78-38
1. TRk! tnd SuEtitl.
Summary of Environmental Information on the Continental Slope Ma 1976a adia /U ted States Border to Cape Hatteras, N .C . : Chapters
~ ~Zrou~i 1 .
_`.
T. AutkoKt) L P.rfortning orsan:zatlon Rapt . No.'The Research Institute of the Gulf of Maine C-O 1C
9. Par(o .ming OmanitaNon Name and Addrqs 10. Projsct/Task/Werk Unit Ne.The Research Institute of :.he Gulf of Maine21 Vocational Drive Il cmn,.ctcc),rcr,nt(G) Na.South Portland, Maine 04106 (c) 08850-CT5-47
(q
12. Sponsorin5 OrRani :adon Nuna aad Addr.ss 13 . Type of Raport & Pa-lod Co..ndU .S . Department of the InteriorBureau of Land Management Final RtportWashington, D.C . 20240
~
,:a.
1S . Suppl.mgntary Notes - --
This volume contains Chapter 8 to 12, inclusive . These chapters consist of ;Submarine Canyons, Environmental Quality, Commerical & Sport Fisheries, Ocean Transport6 }iazards and Archaeological Sites. '
16. Abstract (Limit 200 words)--The results of an environmental survey of the "'id-Atiantic and North Atlantic
Regions of the Outer Continental Slope are described . This region is the area extrndingfrom the Cape Hatteras, N .C . to the U .S ./Canadian border and from the 200 to 2000 meterdepth contour ; however many topic areas include information from the continental shPlfbreak to the Gulf Stream . The continental slope is a complexed feature representing ti .ztransition between two principal levels of the earth's surface, the low density rocks ofthe continent and the high density rocks of the ocean floor . In the northwest Atlantic,the slope width averages 1D0 km (62 mi) . This relatively narrcw band of ocean is a regionof change. The geologic structure is a transitional one . The physical and chemicalcharacteristics of the water are highly variable, reflecting the mixing between severalmajor water masses ; the coastal waters, Gulf Stream, Labrador Current and western boundaryundercurrent . The flora and fauna of the study region are highly diverse, fepresentinga change between the shallow boreal shelf biota and the tropical and warm, temperateoceanic biota in the pelagic realm ; and between the abundant, adzptive fauna of the shelffloor and the sparse, conservative fauna cf the deep ocean floor in the benthic realm .
SM leatnretions an Rw.n. OPf/ONAI FORY 272 (a-7 :~ , (Form.rly NTIS-35)1 .
C DapaRm.nt of Canwneet*
~
~ , , . ~
.,-,
.~, f.
.~t
~,1
.-
~-
~ - 1
CHAPTER 8.0
SUBMARINE CANYONS
PETER F. LARSEN
W. REDWOOD WRIGHT
GUY C. MCLEOD
STANLEY CHENOWFTH
EDWARD H . SHENTON
REPRODUCiO BYNATIONAL TECHNICALINFORMATION SERVICE
U . S. DEP/.RTMENT OF COM.MER :ESPR .YGFt :LD, VA. 22161
8-~
~
- v
PB 284 003 j
.1
, ~ .-
1 1
- "'t .
,
;l
ATTENTION
~ . .
AS NOTED IN THE NTIS ANNOUNCEMENT,
PORTIONS OF THIS REPORT ARE N OT LEGIBLE .
HOWEVER, IT IS THF BEST REPRODUCTION
AVAILABLE FROM THE COPY SENT TO NTIS .
S~ - i ' 2-•}
._ __ ` ~
. 'i
r
i.4
•.f
~
.
r
CHAPTER 8 .0 TABLE ;ir CONTENTS
Chapter 8 .0 Submarine Canyons
8.1 Introduction
8.2 Geology
8.2 .1 Georges Bank Canyons
8.2 .2 Hudson Canyon
8.2 .3 Canyons South of Hudson
8.3 Sediment Transport
8 .4 Physical Oceanography
-8 .4.1 Hydrography
8 .4.2 Currents
8 .5 Biology
8 .6 Chemical Oceanography
8 .7 References
8-2
Pages
8-3
8-5
t;-5
8-14 ~
8-15
8-17
8-18
8-18
8-18
8-2G
8-23
8-25
f
~
~ 8.0 SUBNARINE CANYONS• . k
8.1 INTRODUCTION
The most obvious feature of the continental slope between the Grand-~ Banks and Cape Hatteras is the abundance of submarine cioyons . At least
190 named and unnamed canyons dissect the slopes between Labrador andCape Hatteras (Figure 8-la) and their distribution conforms closely tothe proximity of the Wisconsin ice sheet (Emery and Uchupi, 1972) .Forty-six canyons are named in Figure 8-ib ; 16 smaller one:~ cre locatedbetween Baltionore and Block Canyon . Shepard and Dill (1966) nute thatthe outer shelf margin between Georges B&nk and Cape Hatteras isnotched by at least 18 canyons .
The importance of these canyons as dynamic components of the continen-tal slope is attested to by the increasing num~er of investigationsconcerned with them . Physically, they are active areas of up and down-grade currents, sediment transport, turbidity currents, and slumpinq .Biologically, they appear to be especially productive in both the pela-gic and the benthic environments . Whether or not their fauna can beconsidered distinct is still an open question . As channels of trans-port between the upper shelf and the ocean floor, they are reccgnizedas a potential pathway for the flow of materials, including pcilutants,from the shallow waters to the ocean depths .
Submarine valleys . like their terrestrial counterparts, a-e found worldwide in a variety of forms and have originated from a variety of causes .Shepard and Gill (1966) classified the world's submarine valleys intoeight categories : (1) submarine canyons, (2) fan valleys, (3) shelfchannels, (4) glacial troughs, (5) delta front troughs, (6) slope gul-lys, (7) ;:-abens or rifts,and (8) deep sea channels . Valleys of theeast coast continental slope can be classified as submarine canyons ;they have V-shaped ptcfiles, steep walls with rock outcrops, and den-dritic tributaries coming in from both sides . However, these canyonshave certain unique charactE,-istics not found in submarine canyons ofother regions : they head many miles from shore at the outer continen-tal margin or cn the slope itself ; they extend in a relatively straightline down the slope with bends widely rounded instead of sharp ; andthey reach to the base of the slope or out onto the fan valleys of thecontinental rise . Furthermore, many of the east coast canyons hooksouth . This is in contradiction (Rowe, 1972) to theories that theyshould deviate from a straight line by an amount proportional to thedeflecting force of the earth's rotation but in an opposite direction(Menard, 1955) .
The discovery of suomarine valleys on the sea floor was made over 100years ago when Dana (1863) and Lindenkohl (1385) discovered the HudsonGorge off New York Harbor . Wide speculation on the origins of t1heseanomalous features of the ocean floor continued during the latter partof the 19th century . Later, Spencer (1898, 1903) discusse,' their sig-
8-3i;
,~
/ ~
\
IENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL S LOPE ~
Distr7 bution of Submar ne ~; n ns ( ~J th Res-S~ie~~ a~id ~ 1'4ajorich WTRIGOR/l FIGURE
~Ieisconsinepect to t
Named Canyonj 9~2jt Dissect the Slopes tEmeryand Uchupi,
\
u- i+
i ' .
B. -
~-- _..~_ .._ - . -~
. . < , - . .q
~
~ nificance. For the first 25 years of the 20th centun~-, the subr .zrinecanyons were largely ignored. In fact, ~here was little belief in them .This probably occurred because topographic iurvFys offshore were notsufficiently accurate to produce precise measurements . It was not un-til the echo-sounding surveys in 1928 by the U .S . Coast and GeodeticSurvey, resulting in spectacular cor.tour maps by Veatch and Smith (1939)that the existence of these canyons was established . Following this,Stetson (1936) investigated the Georges Bank canyons . Later, fieldwork expanded from soundings to submarine photography (Shepard and F.7-er,v, 1946) and, finally, to submersible observations . Throughout thisperiod there has been a continual debate as to the origin of the can-yons . Shepard and Dill (1966) list the main hypotheses of the orininof ranyons as : (1) erosion by turbidity currents starting at the can-yon heads, (2) erosion by the slow mass movement of sediment down thecanyons by creep, progressive slumps, sand falls, and later redistribu-tion of sediment by deep sea bottom currents, and (4) drowning by sub-sidence of valleys cut sub-aerially . Tiie east Coast canyons may b :veoriginated by slumping from the outer shelf margin or upper slope(Rowe, 1972) .
With the establishment ot some baseline geological data on submarinecanyons, interest has turned in recent years toward the dynamic asnectsof the canyon environment . Awareness of up and down slope rurrents,turbidity currents, and the Western Boundary Undercurrent has led toquestions about erosion, transport, and sediment accumulation . Biolog-ical investigations of the canyons are just beginning . The productiv-ity of the canyon environment, the uniqueness of its fauna, and theeffect of biological activity on erosion and movement of materials (bio-turbation) downslope are matters of current interest .
8 .2 GEOLOGY
Based on the information available, the east coast canyons (Figures 8-2to 8-4) can be conveniently divided into three,groups : Georges Gankcanyons, Hudson Canyon, and the canyons south of Hudson Canyon (Shepardand Dill, 1966) . These groups are discussed below . The statistics ofall the major canyons in the study area are given in Table 8-2 .
8.2 .1 GEORGES BANK CANYONS
The canyons, which lie off the southwestern part of Georges Bank, arenearly as large as Hudson Canyon, the major east coast canyon . No largecanyon occurs off the deep northeast trough, the principal outlet forthe Gulf of Maine . Sounds for most of these canyons show them to StoDat about 2,130 m. The Georges Bank canyons all swing to the right neartheir heads inside the shelf, then to the left downslope . All of thecanyons lack a connection with valleys on land ; abou*t half of themstart on the upper slope or near the shelf margin . Schwartz (1965)found that the right lateral shift in the axis of Oceanographer, Gailbe :t,
8-5
~ _ " ~• -- •--- - .- : - ., ..---- .- . - _
; - •- - " . ~ -i ~ .
f ~ . . . . . !~ V . " .v !•.Y. ~..
-.
,
~
-:, : : .
!
~
l
I s
~ENVI RONMENTAt INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
TR IGOMi F IGURE8-2The Bathymetry of Submarine Canyons in the StudyArea (UchuNi,R13665)
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
'T'FZlGOrA FIGURE The B thymetry of $ubmarine Canyons in the Study8-3 Area ~Uc,iupi~ 1965)
8 .r . .-.~-~ . .,.,
~ ~~
17
) 1• •?2~'Z~„-f , ~{ l :i~'~•~3y~i~~,~~,,'`• . ,\ ~ f
r \ ~ N'
F-'-ti• ~f ~r,i0 ,
{ L~' 1
•~in .' ~ .
•
- ai,4
i 6.1
R~. h-,~
J`"
~~: ~ d~ Sl y{ ~~, 4 R~ `•v
'-a.'Yr
X
~ -~, 'ic
; Mi ` X f"f.Yy ~ JF
y1rr,
~ :NVIRONhlaENTAIINVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC COF.STINENTAI SIOPE
fIGU RE The Bathymetry of Submarine Canyons in the Study
TRIGOM 8_4 Area ( Uchup&,31965 )
Table 8-1 Key to the characteristics of submarine canyons given inTable 8- 2 (From Shepard and Dill, 1966)
1 . Length oF canyon mersured along axis (nautical miles)2. Depth at canyon h2ad (feet)3. Depth at canyon terminus (feetL4 . Character of coast inside canyan head
A. Heads in estuaryB . Heads off embaymentC. Heads off straipht beach or barrierD . Heads off relatively straight cliffE . Uncertain
5 . Relatic.i of canyon head to points of landA. On upcurrent side of pointB . Relatively near upcurrent side of pointC . No relatiin to point
6 . Relation of canyon head to river valleysP . Probable connectionB . /lo connectionC . Uncertain
7 . Source cf sediments to canyon headA. Receives good supplyB . Supply restricted now, greater during lowered sea 1eve1 stagesC . Little known supply of sediment Lecause of depth
8. Gradient of axis in meters per kilorreter9 . Nature of longitudinal profile
A. Generally concave upwardB . Generally convex upwardC . Relatively even slopeD. Local step-like steepening along axis
10 . N~aximum height of walls in feet11 . Channel curvature
A. StraightB. Slightly curvingC. Twisting or windingD . Veanderi ngE. One meandering bendF . Right-angled bends
12. Abundance of tributariesA. As ccmmon as typical land valleysB . Less corrrnon than typical land valleysC . Confined to canyon headD . No known tributaries
Table 3-2 Characteristics of Submarine Canyons Within the Study Area (modified from Shepard and Dill, 1966)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
on Name~and Location
p,C0!,~cO>1Cq
•pqN
4., tq
GL O~>fd Cy q
7
EGOJ
+, +.+q
ct O~~G Cy qU
La1 JU
+j qN!q qO LU N
O ais•i r
N .-C 4.+ C 0O C O>
•- •r •a+ O+J L-q d q d~ >C! O a1 •''•Q ~ OC L
q
Nq
+1C Ny NE U
'.' fV 7N ON N
C
+CGl
•~ EC YL\C7 E
~-• .~
~ 4-0 0L
y d3-7 Q~~ Cq OZ•-
O.-1508;+J r
E N 4~7 4•+ NE t G1•-p1 LX•.- q •q O) O/ ~•E L C W
y
~ ~G! +1C qC >q L.C 7V U
0 NW
v•L
C q+~q
Tl OCaO•-L
Q 4J
.-G! ~/~1 L W q
0 3 ~N C) +-A q> .~ UN•- rp L 0 LC V•~ L 7 T yq p q r.i C NL L .C q q qF• d(•! Z U E
~ N
O O14- U
+J ~-C q
.~•X
q~Q~ C{N •~
0 N4j
6!C .-O-
•.~ q .F+ >q~ CCJ ~O6L V-
Corsair 14+ 360 5,400 E C C B 23 A 2,000 B B A 8 D C4° Lydonia 16+ 370 4,400+ E C C B 42 A 3,000 B B A B C C~ . Gilbert 20+ 480 7,680+ E C C C 60 A+D 3,000 3 A A B D C
Oceanographer 17+ 600+ 7,230+ E C C C 65 A 2,000 B B A D D CWelker 27+ 400 6,450+ E C C B 38 A+D 4,000 B B A B A CHydrographer 27+ 450+ 6,600+ E C C B 37 A+D 3,000 B B A C A AHudson 50 300 7,000 B C A B 25 A+D 4,000 B A A B A AWilmington 23+ 320 6,940+ E C C B 48 A 3,000 C A A C C CBaltimore 28+ 400 6,110+ B? C C B 34 A+D 3,000 B B A C C CWashington 28+ 360 6,740+ E C C B 38 A+D 2,000 B A A C C CNorfolk 38 320 8,300 E C C B 35 A+D 3,000 B B A B C C
Total or 26 .2 395 6,623 289E 11C lA 9B 40 7~A 2,900 10B 4A 11A 6B4C 4A4C 2A9CAverage (11) lOC 2C 3~D 1C 7B 1D 3D
~
~~,
.~ ~
R
.~~
iy
~
1
~- .
.`
and Lydonia Canyons can be attributed to an east-west fault near 400north. He went on to show numerous submarine terraces grouped inpairs according to Illinoian and early and classical Wisconsin lowerstands of sea level . These occurred at 99 m, 117 m, 137 m, and the cor-responding depth of vigorous surf abrasion at 108 m, 126 m, 144 m . Theslopes of these canyon walls were calculated to range from 2 to 16degrees with the west wall dominately stceper than the east wall . Theside slopes of Oceanographer and Corsair Canyons, as observed from"ALVIN" dives, is shown in Figure 8-5 .
~ Composition of G eorges Ban k Canyon Wal ls
Dredging samples have shown that cretaceous formations occur on the eastside of Oceancgrapher ann Gilbert Canyon (Stetson, 1936-1949) . Thus,despite the gentle dip-slopes indicated by reflection profiling, theshelf has not been buiit out very far since the Cretaceous times . Talusof highly indurated Neocene sandstone has been found on the walls of .Corsair, Lydonia, and Hydrographer Canyons . Pliocene green sands have
_ been taken from Lydonia Canyon and laLe Pliocene or Pleistocene siltsfrom most of the c?nyon valleys . tJtile there is a normal occurrence of
~ hard, rocky outcrops, typical formacioa ; are of softer rocks . tJo crvs-talline rocks occur since the bedrock is considerably deeper . Sch::artz(1965) found that 0ceanographer, Gilbert, and Lydonia Canyons containconsiderably more clay tnan the adjacent shelf sediments . Also, the ma-terial on the top of all cores he took in the canyons was coarse with ahigher sand content than that at the core bottom . He noted this to be
f the reverse of the turbidity current deposits . If post-Wisconsin tur-bidity currents have been active in these canyons, they have not com-pletely removed deposits of a glacial environment . Stetson (1949)noted that the top 3 cm of one core taken at 768 m in Gilbert Camionhad fine gravel with a medium diameter of 2 .72 mm. He also found finesand at the tcp o ; a core of coarse grain sand in Gilbert Canyon from1,219 m. Other evidence :3• sand bedding and various combinations ofsand and silt in deeper a•:•=:as of the sand valleys has been reported by
! Ericson, Ewing, Wollin, and Heezen (1961) and Shepard (1961) .
, Stetson (1949) noted that several canyons showed Holocene sediments of' grainous silt and silty clays, as well as the characteristic ldisconsin
t clays of pink or grey coior . This evidence, he felt, supported the sug-gestion that Georges Bank canyons had experienced little slumping andcurrent transport since the beginning of the Holocene period . Howevsr,
~ the thick layer of relatively coarse sand reported by Ericson, et al ./ ; does suggest some downslope transportation during the Holocene, at~; least in terms of where sampling had been done in Hydrographer sand
valley .
Oceanographer Canyon
The deepest indentation (20 km) into the continental shelf of GeorQesBank is Oceanographer Canyon on the southwest part of the bank . The
8-12
g
~/
6L
!
~ . ,~ .
I ' p
rrt
- -~~ .
., ~
I
i
4f
. ;
~.F
:, ,4~F .
r~~
."
/
1200or
1400
DISTANCE IN METERS200 400 600 e0c-T-BOULDERS\~, 1
V)a'
W
~ 1600W
z 600 ---~..COB8LE5 -PLEt5T0 ENE ~ ~
= 800~ ,CHALK-OLiGOCENE ~
~ BA_SE OF_ f CLAY - U CRETACEOUSTERTrARY ~
a 1000 ~ eCL AY - U CRE TACEOUS • POS T• MiOCENEW ~ ' `'CLAY-M -U Ec?CENE • LATER j
1200CL AY - POS T MrOCENE ~
1400
OCEANOGRAPNER C~iNYON_16001
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800D I S T A N C E IN M E T E R S
! ENVIRONMENTAL I NVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE (
LTR I GOM FIGURE Side Slopes of the Corsair and OceanographerCan o s a Obs r•ved pur nq ALVIN di es . ori-
8-5 an~~U~Chup~,~li~~j~~ai Sca~e$ are the ~ame ( inery
8-13
---,.
~ , /
Ft~~
canyon was formed due to the position of the shoreline during glacial' episodes and the accompanying runoff from the margin of the icecap
(Shepard and Dill, 1966) . Oceanographer Canyon has a large number ofsmall tributaries along the wall, and oniy a slight curve to the axis .The highest walls average 1,013 m at an axis depth of 1,400 m . This is
~ nearly as high as the large Hudson Canyon walls and is comparable to'' most of the west coast canyons .
Hydrographer Canyon~
/
~
ic .
Hydrographer Canyon indents the shelfof about 110 m, deepening seaward totion of the V-shaped walls occurs atthe walls extend 1,100 m up from thecated to the southeast of Oceanographcoast canyons, the axis is straight otime, too few soundings have been takor types of tributaries along the slothat Hydrographer Canyon extends seaw
for about 17 .7at least 1,830 m .an axial depth ofcanyon floor . Ther Canyon . As wir barely curving .en to be positivepe . Bathymetricard to a depth of
a fan belt across the slope and adjoining rise .
Lydonia Canyon
km, with a depthThe hig.hest por-1,770 m . Here,
is canyon is lo-th the other eastAt the presentabout the numberdata indicatesabout 4,270 m as
This is the eastern most of the closely spaced large can~ons and thethird in size . Lydonia penetrates the shelf about the same distance asHydrographer . Shepard and Dill believe that the canyon may ext2n :,' toat least 1,680 m . However, as with the other canyons, there is a scar-city of traverse lines to indicate this . A fan valley apparently ex-tends as far as 97 km off Lydonia Canyon .
8 .2.2 HUDSON CANYON
The Hudson Canyon is the most studied of the east coast canyons and wasthe sub.iect of the earliest investigation . It begins in 90 m of haterwith as many as three branches coming together at about 180 m . The can-yon valley cuts and winds gently down the slope with numerous smalltributaries joining it . The canyon is cut 750 m below the shelf edge,At a depth of about 1,830 m, it has walls extending 1,220 m upward .Shepard and Dill (1966) believe it runs into a fan valley at a depth ofabout 2,130 m . The gradient of the entire canyon is about 25 m per kmwith a maximum of about 35 m per km starting at about 1,700 m . Stetson(1949) was unable to show any rock from dredging the canyon walls . Hiscores at axial depths from 408-1,542 m were mostly fine silt with coldwater foraminifera at depth 50 cm in the core . He felt this thick de-posit indicated a lack of creep, sliding, or turbidity current duringpost glacial times . Another core taken at 344 m showed a gradationfrom core silt to very fine sand . A third core at about the same depthshows a very fine sand grading down to a fine 3and overlying silt . 3e-yond the canyon there is a large fan traversed by a fan valley for atleast 323 km to a depth of 4,570 m. The bathymetry of the canyon is
8-14
shown in Figure 8-6 .
i
.~
~
~
. ;
:
~
1
8.2.3 CANYONS SOUTH OF HUDSON
Between Hudson Canyon and Ncrfc+lk Canyon there may be as many as a Joz-en canyons of all sizes . Four prominent canyons cut across the shelfedge to about 17 km into the shelf . These are, srom north to south :Wilmington, Baltimore, Washington, and Norfolk Canycns . Like most ofthe east coast canyons, they have only me principal head and, fnr themost part, only minor tributaries . The,.e canyons all show their -?reat-est wall height near the outer edge of the adjacent shelf, where i .:31lsreach aoout 900 m . Since there is no appr•:ciable flattening of thefloors, these can all be classified as V-,,haped canyons (Shepard anJDill, 1966) . Part way down the slope, tPe four principal canyons ex-hibit a curious east deflection from the general southeast trend . °,()r•thof Baltimore Canyon one tributary valley extends northeast . There arealso some northeast-southwest lines on the outer slope outside of 4las :i-ington Canyon . Some underlyinq structure may have caused a shif{;, inthe axis of the canyons which prevents them from extending southeastwardstrdight down the slope .
Kelling and Stanley ( '970) describe the morphology and structure of Wil-mington and Baltimure Canyons, and conclude that the origin and history ofthese canyons Ire a,iite similar . However, the shorter length, lower ax-ial gradia;-A, and less acute profile of Baltimore Canyon indicate thatit is morphologically n:ore mature than Wilmington Canyon . Their saismicdata showed iarge slumped masses on the lower continental slope involvethree groups of reflectors and showed a number of undulations super-imposed on a basil interface alonv the lower shelf and upper rise . In-vestigat'on of levee-like ridaes along Wilmington Canyon is described byKelling and Stanley . The survey investigated the origin of what ao-I^ared to be natural levees formed from sediment overflow . They fo'.indthrough using seismic reflection survey data that the ridge is struc-tural and not sedimentary in origin and probably pre-Quaternarv .
According to Shepard and Dill (1966), the outer limits of WashingtonCanyon are probably the best surveyed of any of the east c oast canyons .So,inding lines run nearly parallel to the slope are closely spacedand as deep as 2,740 m . Even with this amount. of detail, it is notclear whether the adjacent valleys at greater depths are part of themajor canyon or simply independent slope valleys .
Dredging that had been done on the walls of the southern canyons (Stet-son, 1949) showed mostly soft sediments, except in Norfolk Canyon wherea hard fine grain sandstone was obtained . No fossils were found ; howev-er, the supposed age, judged from samples that came from about 6 00 m onthe northeast side of the canyon, was Tertiary or Cretaceous . Snrpardand Dill describe the cores from the canyon floors taken by Stetson(1949) as containing mostly silt . One core in Ncrfolk Canyon at ."-, ) J -nhad a fine sand underlaying a very fine ~and . As in the northern can-
8-15
~, . .. a- -
%
.t ~
, ~ .
; .
~
~
~~i~A I
II
. ~ /
. , ,.
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLO PE
FIGURE The Bathymetry of Hudson CanyonTRIGOM 8-6 (
yons, bottom currents probably have not been active durinq post-qlacial~ time, particularly in comparison with the type of transportation~ seen in the West coast canyons .~
8 .3 SEr)IMENT TRANSPORT
One of the features of submarine canyons of interest to geologists isthe movement of sediments down the canyon valley and their velocitv .The three mechanisms involved are : turbidity currents, slumpinq, anddownslope currents . Turbidity currents, resulting from the downwardmovement of water,increased in density by the suspension of finesediments, as well as sedio*nt transport, and were proposed as a ma .iorfeature of canyon origin by Kuenen and Migliorini (1950) . Later, Heezernand Ewing (1952) hypothesized that the cable breaks which occurred onthe Grand Banks resulted from high velocity turbidity currents . Fromthe time lapse between cable breaks, they estimated that these currentvelocities reached 97 km per hour . They propose that these turbiditvcurrents, initiated by scme sediment-slope instability, could gain mo-mentum and plunge downslope at speeds sufficient to break a series ofsubmarine cables . Subsequently, Shepard (1963) has refuted the clair,isof sucn high velocities . He showed that a progressive and temporarv
• . spontaneous liquification of slope sediments, as suggested by Terzaahi(1956), indicates a more moderate current velocity of 15 km . Shepardconcludes that the turbidity currents near the bottom probably are slowmoving and no faster than currents in lower reaches of rivers, whereequally fine sand is transported . Although these are not the type of
l . currents necessary to erode granite gorges and create canyons, they aresufficient to transport sediments downslope (S1 ;~-pard, 1963) .
~ Regular downslope currents are also active in moving sediments . In theWilmington Canyon there is a narrow, active channel currently funnelingsediTents from the shelf to the upper rise . Stanley, Fenner, and Kel-ling (1972) used underwater television to provide direct evidence ofcurrent activity and to show sediment transport at 26 stations in t9il-mington Canyon . Observations were made as deep as 430 m in an area ofabout 400 km square . Although the sea surface was cain, the surveyshowed s6spension and current velocity up to 20 cm p,~r second . Thesecurrents are sufficient to move fine sand and silt from the edge of the
/ shelf down the slope and the canyon . Lyall, Stanie ;, Giles, and Fisher/ (1971) observed a mixture of particulate matter ranging from clay to
very fine sand in water samples from the shelf break and slope near Wil-mington Canyon . The relatively consistent concentration and comoositionof suspended sediment in near bottom water samples between the outershelf and slope is a reflection of -important sediment transport proces-ses ses happening near the shelf break . They present physical oceanoqranh-ic data showing cold and warm water mass movement back and forth alongthe shelf break . These suggest that the tviggering mechanism for thissuspended matter is not slumping or turbidity currents but resuspensionby storns and short-term displacement of wa`er masses . Stanley and
~3-17
.
, .-..~<., . . . : . ._~L . ,
/ .. , ~
;X
` - -- • i
Fenner (1973) enlarge on the original survey and show that the surficialouter shelf and canyon head sediments are undergoing modification byboth bottom current processes and bioturbation . They also show that at
/ the present time the canyon receives most of its sediment from the ad-jacent margin .Sediment i :,~ not the only material transported down canyon slopes . yu-
~s merous cores and dredgings on canyon floors and adjoining fan valleyshave produced a wide variety of material from shallow shelf areas(Sheoard and Dill, 1966) . Sand, near shore organic material, qravel,
= rock fragment, rounded boulders, shallow water foraminifera, wood frag-ments, and mats of kelp and seagrass all attest to the general oassageof material from the canyon edge to the sea fioor . With this evidence,the most obvious qu'stion that arises is, with the movement of sedimentand other bottom-oriented materials downslope through the canyons, wouldany pollutants associ4ted with these bottom materials move down to theocean floor? There is not an impressive amount of data on the move-ment of pollutants down canyon . However, investigations at the deep
, water dump site 106 are currently under~~ :?y (Pear~e, et al ., 1974) andand have produced some preliminary results on the concentration ofheavy metals at the outflow of Hudson Car.)- -on . More investigation isneeded . Sufficient to this section is the fact that from a physical-geological standpoint the movement of pollutants downslope near sub-marine canyons is possible .
8 .4 PHYSICAL OCEa?lJGRAPHY
Physical oceanographers have, regretably, paid very little attention tosubmarine canyons . Most of the work, even in the areas of water move-.•nent, has been done by geologists and biologists (Dr . Redwood Wright,personal communication) .
,8 .4 .1 HYOROGRAPHY
There is very little hydrographic evidence to suggest that the water inthe canyons is any different than that at the same depth on the adia-
~ cent slrae and shelves . One exception is that the water at thermocline~ temperatures in Hudson Canyon is somewhat more saline than norm, .i slope
water (Gordon, Amos, and Gerard, 1975) . This is attributed to enhancedvertical mixing in the canyon and was based on data taken on October,1974 ; the data are now being established by ERDA (Amos, 1975) .
8.4 .2 CURRENTS
There is a lot more information on currents in canyons than on their hy-drography, but the total is not very impressive . It is summarized inKeller, Lambert, Rowe, and Staresinic (1973) . Stetson (1937) made thepioneering efforts using Ekman current meters in two Georges Bank can-yons . He made 10 stations in depths from 133 .5 in to 475 .5 m, foundvelocities from 1-12 cm per second and concluded that : (a) the flow is
8-18
\\ / ,
. 1 - _
r
~ predominately up and down canyon, and (b) the speeds were not high e-nough for erosion . Subsequent work has tended to confirm the first
; conclusion and negate the second . Although currents strong enouqh tomove canyon sediments have almost never been observed, photogranhic and
`• visual observations of ripples and scour marks on the canyon floor in-dicate that it does happen . It is not yet clear whether the flow incanyons is predominately up or down axis . Geologists appear to thinkthat net sediment motion is down axis (Trumbull and McCamis, 1967) .Some examples are :
(1) A dive in "ALVIN" in Oceanographer Canyon to 1,416 m in ^ct=b=M,1966 made by Trumbull and McCamis (1967) spent two hours on bottom .They measured only 10 cm per second down canyon velocity, but sawripple marks near side walls and scour marks around boulders, allindicating down canyon flow. They state that "fragmentary evi-dence can be taken to indicate mass transport down canyon axis . . . .and perhaps intermittent flow of strong water currents on the can-yon floor" .
(2) An "ALVIN" dive in Corsair Canyon, near the tip of Georges Cank ,1,604-1,216 m on August 31, 1967 ( Ross, 1968) . , The canyon trendsnorthwest to southeast . The submarine was set to the northeast
-` (cross canyon) while descending . No currents ,greater than 5 cmper second were observed and visibility was excellent . Sedimentripples and scour marks around boulders indicate down canyon cur-rents much stronger than those observed .
(3) Dives in Block and Corsair Canyons, Fall, 1967, in "DEEPSTAR"to4,000rR(Dillon and Zimmerman, 1970) . They spent 15 hours on bottom inthree dives . In Block Canyon currents up to 0 .5 cm (25 cm oer se•cond) were observed flowing down canyon wall .i In Corsair Canyon,currents less than 1 kt were observed flowing down canyon (we arenot told how these speeds were estimated) . Ripples were observedin both canyons but burrowing and other biological activities weremore pronounced in Corsair Canyon .
i) (4) Observations at the head of Wilmington Canyon in September, 1969j (Fenner, Kelling, and Stanley, 1971) . Photos showed ripple marks~ and murkiness indicated some fine material in ;suspension . Current! measurements were made with a tilt-angle devide . They found flow; in canyon axis both up stream and down stream, with strong^st cur-
rent 19 cm per second up axis . The change in direction appeared~ to ce tide related .
(5) Measurements ranging in duration from one minute to 2 .5 days weremade over a period of three months in Summer, 1972 (Keller, Lam-bert, Rowe, and Staresinic, 1973) . The 2 .5 day current meter re-cord showed reversals of 3pproximately tidal period, with a net upcanyon flow, but other evidence on "ALVIM" dives indicated thatthe long term net flow was down canyon . Speeds up to 27 cm per
second were measured in depths less than 1,000 m ; below that, depthvelocities were commonly 2-5 cm per second . There is no evidencefor transport of core sediment except at the canyon head, but atongue of fine grain material suggested that the canyon was a con-duit for offshore transport of fine sediment .
(6) Observations in lower California canyons (Shepard, Marshall, andMcLoughlin, 1974) . These are included here only because they wereable to show that currents are stronger during storms . U,:der nor-mal conditions the flow alternated between up and down canyon andappeared to be a result of internal waves with me tidal force .
(7) Hess and Stanford (1975) noted a current meter record at the headof Hudson Calyon whien indicated as muchtransport up canyon as down .
(8) Er;ery and Uchupi (1972) suggested that shelf water made dense bywinter cooling can cascade down the canyons in a manner sugqested~y Cooper and Vaux (1949) . There is no evidence of this . t•tac-Ilvaine (1973) has shown that the shelf water never reaches a den-si ,! s!.,'ficient for such a flow to take place .
(9) Dr. Robert Ballard, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute, has taken cur-rent measurements from September, 1974 to February, 1975, at 2,438 mdepth in Hydrographer Canyon . The instrument (a braincon meter)was a few meters off the bottom . The data are being analyzed butpreliminary inspection indicates : a) speeds generally less than15 cm per second, b) cross-canyon comoonent , pears only slightlyless than up/down canyon component, c) there is i-auch energy at whatappears to be the tidal period, and d) occasional events (burstof stronger flow) appear to occur about once a month .
Clearly the relationship of the canyons to hydrography and circulationin the slope water region needs a good deal more study, but the guesshere is that it will not prove to be significant except perhaps interms of very occasional turbulent transport of sediment .
8.5 BIOLOGY
Whereas scientific interest in submarine canyons has persisted for nearlya century, biological investigations of the canyon assemblages haie occur-red only recently (Rowe, 1972) . One cf tt:e most comprehensive studiesalong the eastern seaboard completed to date is the photoaraphic surveyof Rowe (1971) in the Hatteras Canyon system off North Carolina . Thissurvey is especially useful for our present purposes because it allowscomparison with the epifauna of the adjacent slope studied previously(Rowe arid Menzies, 1969) and discussed in Chapter 7 . Rowe (1971)states that many of the dominant epifaunal species of the adjacent slopeare found in reduced densitites, or are even absent at comparative canyondepths and there are other species found only in, or in the immediate
8-20
~: . _ . . ~
41f
~i-1
area of, the canyon . For example, the brittle star, Op hiomusium ~lymani which is a de~inant organism at certain depths along the ~rholeeastern continental slope,was found in very reduced numbers at the samedepths in the canyorn and, furthermore, several species commonly asso- ;ciated with 0 . lymani on the slope were abse nt altogether. At greaterdepths, i .e .~2400 m ., 0 . l)rani was found in equivalent densities insideand outsiCe the canyon. Included in the common slope species which wererare or absent from the canyon were the anemones Actinoscyp hia saginataand Actinauge l ongicornis and the crabs, Munida valida and Parapaguruspilosimanus. -
Species which were more abundant in the canyon environment, or which ~were photographed only there, included the sea cucumber, Peniagonevillemoesia , the sea pen, Kophobel emnon stelliferum, the seastai-s,Bentho _ectin simplex and Rytaster grandis, the anemone Ce riantheomorphe -brazili ensis and large echiurid worms . Between 400 and 1000 mthe large invertebrate epifaunal animals typical of the upper continentalslope were replaced by an abundance of demersal fish .
Rowe ( 1971) divided the large epifaunal invertebrates into three groupsy bases on their distribution : (1) exclusively ca nyon species,(2) species
not found in canyons or found there in reduced densities, and (3) spe- -cies with equal abundance in both habitats . The first group, or'canyon indicators' are represented by the five species mentioned irthe preceeding paragraph . The second group includes OphiomusiumI_wiani and associated species . The only common species in the thirdgrap is the quill worm, Hyalinoecia a rtifex .
Based on this study, Rowe concluded that the narrow zonation charac-teristic of the slope proper does not occur in the Hatteras Canyonsystem and that the canyon system has a unique fauna . Possible causesof this include changes in currents over the canyon, the induration orhardening of sediments in the canyon and the high sedimentation ratesand influx of organic material into the canyon .
The conditions in one canyon do not necessarily reflect conditions inother canyons . Canyons differ in sediment and sedimentation rates,current regime, morphology, and in other interr2lated ecological factors .Rowe (1972) analyzed the limited data from other canyons, inclidingWilmington and Hydrographer canyons, and was able to note the pre-dominance of the sea cucumber Peniaqone which suggests that the re-sults from the Hatteras Canyon system may be generally applicatle . Ross(1968) in Corsair Canyon, however, noted much fish life but only lim-ited numbers of sessile invertebrates . He attributed this situationto strong currents and unstable sediments . On the other hand, Dillonand Zimmerman (1970) observed tracks and burrows commonly in bothCorsair and Block Canyons . Haedrich, et al . (1975) state that thezonation on the slope off southern New England continues right throughthe small Alvin Canycn .
8-21
, `~ . . .t . ~.
!
i
There is one aspect about life in the canyons that is widelyaccepted : there is a greater abundance of animals in and immediatelyadjacent to the canyons than there is on the slope proper. Theliterature provides two explanations for this phenomenon . The firstis that the canyon environments may provide greater spatial hetero-geneity than the slope (Rowe, 1972) . In other words, due to themore variable, and often coarser, sediments more microhabitats areprovided . This means that more organisms can find a suitable sub-strate or an adequate hiding place which may explain the concentra-tions of such commercially valuable species as the lobster, H omarusamericanus , and the red crab, Geryon quinquedens , at the heads ofcanyons .
The second, and most widely reported,-explanation for the highabundance of organisms in canycns is that there seems to be a greatersupply of food . Limbaugh and Shepard (1957) state that feedingconditions are better near car,,rons and that there is an increasedamount of planktcn around canyon heads . Keller, et al . (1973)believe that the sopply of the increased levels of organic carbonin canyon sediments must be from transport off the shelf becausethere is no appreciable th3nge in productivity of the overlyingwater . They note that the supply of available food is higher inL.he Hudson Canyon than in other areas of the North Atlantic and it issimilar to the levels found in areas of upwelling . Once the organicmaterial has entered a canyon its transport downwards and to thecontinental rise may be accelerated by the feeding and movements ofbenthic organisms . These activities put material into suspensionwhere they can be transported by currents too weak to be erosionalthemselves (Dillon and Zimnerman, 1970) .
The burrowing activities of benthic invertebrates is the primary factorin the erosion of submarine canyons . Stanley (1971) notes a closerelationship between bioturbation and larger scale downslope move :.1cntcf sediment . He cites observatior.s from Wilmington Canyon and theFrench Maritime Alps . Limbaugh and Shepard (1957) indicated molluscsand lobsters as the chief erosive agents in the Scripps Canyon offsouthern California, but Warme, et al . (1971) painted a more comolexpicture for the same canyon . They agree that bioerosi'on is the mostimportant agent of erosion and that bivalve molluscs are the mostactive agents ; however, they demonstrate that speciesfrvmseveralphyla areinvolved . They suggest that a large burrow is not the product ofone individual but rather it was probably started by a small poly-chaete and then further excavated by a mallusc, sipunculid, or crusta-cean . In the less consolidated sedimerts of the east coast canyonsOillon and Zim .nerman (1970) r,?port seeing burrows as large as 0 . 6 min diameter and one to '.:to meters deep . 8esides weakening the deposit,the maintenance of these burrows undoubtedly puts a lot of materialinto suspension making it available for transrort . Rowe, et al .(1974) observed a small crustar,ean involved in what appeared to beburrow maintenance in Hudson Canyon .
8-22
^: • / ,
The amount of sediment transport and the frequency of sedimentfailure in the canyons suggest that certain types of organismswould be favored in this environment . Rowe (1972) hypothesized thattwo life forms would be advantageous . One would be a motile, trophircopportunist such as a crab and the other would be a deposit feedin?protobranch mollusc . These forms would be more able to avoid aturbidity flow, or to resurface through one if buried, than wouldother forms . Demersal fish would, of course, fit the descriptionof a motile opportunist .
8.6 CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY
The present state of knowledge concerning the chemical constituentson the continental slope has been reviewed in Chapter 6 . There hasnct been an impressive amount of data collected in the region asa wnole, and much less in the submarine canyons . There is no reasonto believe that the distribution of the chemical components u^4erconsideration, i .e. nutrients, organic matter, heavy metals, ,ndhydrocarbons in the microlayer and subsurface water are much differ-ent over the canyon areas than in otner regions of the siope water .Near the canyon floor, however, tnere appear to be nY~chanisms at workwhich trarsport and concentrate some of these chemical constituents .
Recently, the New York Bight shelf, Hudson Canyon, and sand valleyoutflow have been examined in relation to elevated burdens of organicriatter, i:ydrocarbons, and heavy metals from both natural yeochemical,and industrial sources and their possible transport downslope near thecanyon floor. As mentioned in the previous section, biomass conoentrations inHudson Canyon are greater than other non-canyon areas of the slope,indicating that the canyons receive nutrient rich material f rom thecontinental shelf . The canyon sediments contained as high as 3 .0to 3.5 percent organic carbon which is two to three times the levelreported for other slope areas . This high carbon content alonq withsubstantial net down canyon transport (up to 20-27 cm per sec .) werereported by "nller, et al . (1973) .
The hydrocarborn distribution in Hudson Canyon is being investigated aspart of a larger sampling program of the International Decade of Ocean Ex-ploration . Elevated levels of petroleum hydrocarbons were found incertain lo,:ations in Hudson Canyon where fine grain sediments wereswept down the canyon and deposited . These were probably highly pol-luted coastal sediments . Much of the noroal hydrocarbon levels, how-ever, resulted from terrestrial or marine plant detritus and not petro-leum residues .
The distribution of heavy metals at the outflow of the Hudson Canyonis currently being investigated as part of the National Marine Fish-eries Service marine ecosystem analysis (hiESA) project . Heavy metalburdens in sediment and trawl caught finfish (unpublished results,Pearce, Thomas, and Creig, 1974) indicate tnat the sediment heavy
8-23
\..\,
" met~l content is elevated relative to uncontaminated continental,' shelf sediment . Since the sampling areas are located near the Hud-
son Canyon outflow, materials from inshore having heavy metal contentmay be t i~ansported near the shelf valley and canyon . These concentra-tions tions were not attributed to current ocean dumping practices becauseof the small amount of variation in heavy metal concentrations be-tween stations . Abnormally high heavy metal burdens were also foundin certain species of finfish in this region . Recent sampling (Dr .John Pearce, personal conmunication) from ALVIN cores ( hydrocarbonburdens) and heavy metal concentrations of trawl caught finfish are
~ revealing high levels of trace metals at the Hudson Canyon delta at! ~ about 2000 to 400C m ..~~ ~ It should be emphasized that most chemical investigations in sub-
~ marine canyons are in progress so that the information is preliminary .The precise role the canyons play in transporting chemical burdens
~ and organic materials will only be revealed after further investi-~ gation. ~
. : ~.f
;
~.,
t
8.5 REFERENCES
~` Amos, A.F. 1975 . The New York Bight and Hudson Canyon in October,1974. I . Hydrography, nephelometry,bottom photography, currents .
~ Tech. Rep . ERDA Contract at (11-1) 2185 . Lamont-Doherty Geol .Obser., Palisades, N .Y . (in press) .
T
Cooper, L .H .N .. and D. Vaux . 1949. Cascading over the continentalslope of ..ater from the Celtic Sea . J . Mar. Biol . Ass ., U .K.,28 : 719-750 .
~' Dana, J.D . 1863. Manual of geology.(lst. ed .) London, Trubner & Co .t 798 p.
Dillon, W .P . and H .B . Zimmerman . 1970 . Erosion by biological activityin two New England submarine canyons . J . Sediment . Petrology,40 : 542-547 .
Emery, 'F'% .0. and E . Uchupi . 1972. Western (vorth Atlantic Ocean :topography, rocks, structure, water, life, and sediment . Amer .Ass . Petrol . Geol . Nem . 17 . 532 p .
Ericson, D.B ., M . Ewing, G . Wollin, and B .C . Heezen . 1961 . Atlanticdeep-sea sediment cores . Geol . Soc . Amer. Bull ., 72 : 193-286 .
Fenner, P., G . Kelling, a nd D .J . Stanley . 1971 . Bottom currents inWilmington subm3rine canyon . Nature Phys . Sci ., 229 : 52-54 .
Gordon, A.L ., A .F. Amos, and R .D . Gerard . 1975 . New York Bightwater stratification . ASLO Spec . Symp . on Middle Atlantic Conti-nental Shelf and New York Bight, New York City, Nov . 3-5 . (Abstractonly) .
Haedrich, R.L ., G.T . Rowe, and P .T. Polloni . 1975 . Zonation andfaunal composition of epibenthic populations on the continentalslope south of New England . J . Mar. Res ., 33(2) : 191-212 .
Heezen, B .C . and M. Ewing . 1952 . Turbidity currents and submarineslumps, and the 1929 Grand Banks earthquake . Amer . J . Sci .,250 : 849-373 .
Hess, W.N . and H .M . Stanford . 1975 . The MESA-New York Bight Program -NOAA's commitnent . ASLO Spec . Symp . on Middle Atlantic ContinentalShelf and New York Bight, New York City, Nov . 3-5 (Abstract only) .
Keller, G ., D . Lambert, G . Rowe, and N . Staresinic . 1973 . Bottomcurrents in the Hudson Canyon . Science, 180 : 181-183 .
Kelling, G . and D .J . Staniey . 1970 . Morphology and structure ofWilmington and Baltimore submarine canyons, eastern United States .J . Geol ., 79: 637-660 .
8-25
. .. ..r ...,.~ . ;
i .
~- -
~ .. ~•
}
Kuenen, Ph.H . and C .I . Migliorini . 1950. Turbidity currents as acause of graded bedding . J . Geol ., 58 : 91-127 .
Limbaugh, C . and F .P . Shepard. 1957 . Submarine canyons .Chapter 21 . In : J . Hedgpeth (ed .), Treatise on marine ecologyand paleoecology . Mem . Geol . Soc . Amer., 1(67) : 633-639 .
Lindenkohl, A.K. 1885 . Geology of the sea-bottom in the approaches toNew York Bay . Amer. J . Sci ., 3rd . ed,., 29 : 475-480 .
Lyall, A.K., D .J . Stanley, H .N . Giles, and A . Fisher, Jr. 1971 . Sus-pended sediment and transport at the shelf-break and on the slope,Wilmington Canyon area, eastern United States . J . Mar. lech . Soc .,5(1) : 15-27 .
Macilvaine, J .C . 19/3 . Sedimentary processes on the continental slopeoff New England . Woods Hole Oceanogr . Inst ., Tech . Rep . WHOI-73-58 : 211 p .
Menard, H .W . 1955 . Deep-sea channels, topography, and sedimentation .Bull . Amer. Ass . Petrol . Geol ., 39(2) : 236-255 .
Pearce, J .B., J . Thomas, and R . Greig . 1974 . A preliminary investigationof the benthic resources at Deep Water Disposal Site 106 . Mid .Atl . Coastal Fish . Center, Informal Rep . 37 : 11 p .
Ross, D.A . 1968 . Current action in a submarine canyon . Nature, Lond .,213 : 1242-1244 .
Rowe, G . T. 1971 . Benthic biomass and surface aroductivity . In :~ J. D. .Costlow (ed .), Fertility of the sea . Gordon and Breach, Sci .
Publ . 2 : 441-454 .
1972 . The exploration of submarine canyons and their benthicfaunal assemblages . Woods Hole Oceanogr . Inst . Ref . 73-5, Proc .Roy . Soc . Edinburgh, 73(17) : 159-169 .
Rowe, G .T. and R .J . Menzies . 1969 . Zonation of large benthic inverte-i~ brates in the deep sea off the Carolinas . Deep-Sea Res ., 16 : 531-537 .
Rowe, G .T ., G. Keller, H . Edgarton, N . Staresinic and J . Macllvaine . 1974 .Time-lapse photography of the biological reworking of sediments inHudson submarine canyon . J . Sediment . Petrology, 44(2) : 549-552 .
Schwartz, J_ 1965 . The geology of Uceanographer, Gilbert, and Ly-donia submarine canyons, south of Georges Bank, off NortheasternUniled States . M .S . fhesis, Univ . of R .I .
1963 . Thirty-five thousand years of sea level . In :~ T. Clements (ed .), Essays in marine geology in honor of/ K.O. Emery . Univ . So . Calif . Press, p . 1-10 .
Shepard, F .P. and R .F . Dill . j .166 . Submarine canyons and other seavalleys . Chicago, Rand McNally and Co . 381 p .
Shepard, F .P . and K.O. Emery . 1946 . Submarine photography off theCalifornia coast . J . Geol ., 44(5) : 306-321 .
Shepard, F .P ., N .F . Marshell, and P .A. McLoughlin . 1974 . "Internal~ waves" advancing alona submarine canyons . Science, 183 : 195-198 .
' Spencer, J .W . 1898 . On the continental elevation of the glacialepoch . Geol . Mag., 4(5) : 32-38 .
~1903 . Submarine aalleys off the American coast and in the
-' Stanley, D.J . 1971 . Fish-produced markings on the outer continentalmargin east of the Middle Atlantic states . J . Sediment . Petrology,410) : 159-170 .
Stanley, D .j ., P . Fenner, and G . Kelling . 1972 . Currents and sedimenttransport at the Wilmington Canyon shelf break as observed by un-derwater television . In : D .J .P . Swift, D . Duane, and O .H . Pilkey(eds .), Shelf sediment traisport : process and patterh . Strouds-
' burg, PA., Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross , Inc ., p . 621-644 .
Stanley, D .J . and P . Fenner . 1973 . Underwater television survey ofthe Atlantic outer continf,rtal margin near Wilmington Canyon .Smithsonian Inst . Press, Contrib . to Earth Sci ., 11 .
Stetson, H .C. 1936 . Geology and paleontology of the Georges Bank can-yons, 1 . Geology . Geol . Soc . Amer. Bull .•, ;47 : 339-366 .
1937 . Current measurements in the Georges Bank canyons .EOS (Amer . Geophys . Union Trans .), 13 : 216-219 .
1938. The sediments of the continental shelf off theeastern coast of the United States . Mass . Inst. Technol . and WoodsHole Oceanogr. Inst . Papers in Phys . Oceanogr . and Meteorol .,5(4) : 4-58 .
_ 1939. Summary of sedimentary conditions on the continentalshelf off the east coast of the United States . In : P .S . Trask(ed .), Recent marine sediments . Amer. Ass . Petrol. Geol ., p . 230-244 .
. 1949. The sediments and stratigraphy of the east coastcontinental margin - Georges Bank to Norfolk Canyon . Mass . Inst .Technol . and Woods Hole Oceanogr . Inst ., Papers in Phys . Oceano9r .and Meteorol ., 11(2) : 1-60 .
TerzaShi,K. 1956 . Varieties of submarine slope failures . Proc . 8th .Texas Conf . on Soil Tech . and Found . Eng . Spec . Publ . 29, Bur .Eng. Res . Univ . Texas . 41 p .
Trumbull, J .V .A . and M.J . McCarr.is . 1967 . Geological exploration in aneast coast submarine canyon from a research submersible . Science,158 : 370-372.
Uchupi, E . 1965 . ' z ~s showinc relation of land, submarine topo-graphy, Nova Scotia to Florida . U .S . Geol . Surv . Misc . Geol .Inv. Map 1-451 . 3 sheets .
Veatch, A.C . and P .A . Smith . 1939 . Atlantic submarine valleys of theUnited States and the Congo Submarine Valley . Geol . Soc .Amer. Spec . Pap . 7 . 101 p .
Warme, J .E ., T.B . Scanland, and N .F. Marshall . 1971 . Submarine can-yon erosion : contribution of marine rock burrowers . Science,173 : 1127-1129 .
~ 9.1 INTRODUCTION~~ The continental slope region has apparently felt the impact of pol-
lution less than the more coastal regions because of its distance~. from shore and therefore can be assumed to have generally higher' water quality. With the exception of cases where wastes are either
dumped directly into the slope water or transported there through theatmosphere, the study region is buffered by the water of the continentalshelf which first receives and then dilutes the polluting materialsfrom the industrial areas of the Atlantic seaboard .
The impact of pollutants in the study region is obviously uneveilly di-vided along the latitudinal axis because of the uneven distribution ofindustrial areds and the varying distance of the continental marginfrom shore . The continental slope in the general vicinity of the Hud-=: Canyon probably represents the most extreme conditions of environ-m^n :al contamination that will be found anywhere in the study region .The intense industrial activity and waste discharges from this area andthe potential pathway created by the Hudson Valley Trough and Canyonpresent a possible source of contamination beyond the continental margin .Furthermore, the only present ocean durping activity in the slope regionoccurs in the vicinity of the Hudson Canyon outflow . To the southwhere the continental margin approaches clcser to the coast, there isalso the possibility of contamination, however, the intensity of indus-trial activity is lighter. To the north, the margin veers from thecoastline from southern New England to the tip of Georges Bank . TheGeorges Bank slope, which lies up to 322 km from the coastline, probably
~ receives very little contamination .
The most obvious source of pollution to the slope waters and the one forwhich there has been some record kept in recent years is from the directdumping of waste into the slope waters . Currently, the U .S. EnvironmentalProtection Agency (U .S . EPA) licenses and regulates the dumping of wastesinto the water of the Atlantic seaboard and to date there has been a de-creasing trend in permits granted for the operation beyond the continen-tal margin . However, loosely regulated ocean dumping was in progress be-fore 1972 when more strict regulation of this practice began . The amountof ocean dumping activity in the study area prior to this date is diffi-cult to assess .
9.2 SOURCE AND TRANSPORT
Several types of pnllutants are present in the coastal water and aretherefore, to a greater or lesser degree, potential contaminates in thestudy region . They can be transported beyond the continental margin viathree pathways : athospheric transport, intra-ocean transport, and directdumping .
9-3
% -' • /
9 .2.1 TYPES OF POLLUTANTS
Chemical pollutants include heavy metals, nitrates, phosphates, petroleumhydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons, and other industrial compounds .Collectively they represent the greatestthreat to water quality in thestudy region because their dissemination has been relatively widespreadthroughout the northeast region . They are present in the environmentin a variety of forms and they are easily transported via any of thepathways mentioned above . The sources of these pollutants are many :industrial wastes, coastal petroleum activities, pesticide applicationsall contribute . Most of these inputs are confined to coastal regions sotheir impact on the study area is reduced . It is probably only in theheavily industrialized areas such as the New York Bight that coastalchemical inputs into the environment are sufficient at this time to havean impact on the study area . The chemical waste dumpsite authorized bythe U .S . EPA in the region of the Hudson Canyon outflow (Figure 9-1) isthe only instance where chemical pollutants are directly introduced intothe slope environment and will be treated in more detail in later sections .
Radioactive wastes pose another potential threat to the study region .Between 1946 and 1967, 79,484 curies of radioactive waste in 33,998containers were dumped off the Atlantic coast (U .S . Atomic Energy Commis-sion as found in Smith and Brown, 1971) . In terms of volume per year,after 1962, the quantities disposed of became insignificant (NOAA, 1974) .Three major dump sites for disposal were Massachusetts Bay (19 to 24 kmsoutheast) ; offshore from Sandy Hook, New Jersey (approximately 241 kmfrom the coast) ; and offshore from Cape Henry, 'Virginia (approximately241 km) (CEQ, 1970) . In 1961, an Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) invest-igation of the disposal sites offshore from New Jersey indicated a poss-ible leak of radioactive materials from the containers ; however, thereare no reports of a follow-up investigation (Smith and Brown, 1971) .There is also the possibility of low level radioactive discharge in theslope waters resulting from intransit nuclear submarine operations, butthese quantities remain unknown . The overall trend toward decreaseddirect disposal of radioactive materials in the ocean by the U .S . has re-sulted for several reasons : the AEC placed a moratorium on licenses forocean disposal of radioactive materials in 1960 (leaving 4 outstandinglicenses) ; since 1962 the principal AEC contractors have not carriedout ocean disposal operations ; and economic factors now favor the landdisposal of radioactive wastes over ocean disposal (CEQ, 1970) . Un-doubtably radioactive materials have also been transported to the slopein the atmosphere and through the ocean, but there quantities would prob-ably be miniscule and are unknown . During 1971 (2-0 years after the birthof radioactive waste) both the Department of Defense and the AEC announcedthe banning of radioactive waste disposal at sea (Brown and Shenton, 1971) .Tais more Crless eliminates oceanic radioactive waste disposal at thepresent time .
Dredge spoil is limited by the feasibility of long distance hauling .These spoils are routinely disposed of in water 4 .8 to 6 .4 km from the
I ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY O F THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SIOPE
TRtGaM FIGURE U .S . EPA Ocean Dumping Sites on the Slope9-1
. -~
I
.. ,
dredging site (Smith and Brown, 1971) in open waters less than 30 .48 mdeep (CEQ, 1970) . Consequently the impact of dredge spoils on the slopearea can be considered minimal .
Sewage wastes, for the most part, are introduced into the marine environ-ment along the immmediate coastline . Consequently the fouling and toxiceffects associated with this source of pollution is probably not a fac-tor in the continental slope region . Offshore, dumping of sewage sludgeand digester cleanout material is introduced into waters near the con-tinental margin at certain authorized dumpsite locations . Where thisoccurs there is the possibility of adverse impacts to the slope environ-rent .
9 .2.2 MODES OF TRANSPORT
The three modes of transport mentioned previously : atmospheric, intra-ocean, and direct dumping, are the the primary means by which pollutantsarrive in the study area .
ATMOSPHERIC TRANSPORT
Atmospheric transport, which may be a significant factor in carryingcertain pesticide chemicals (PCB, DDT, and radioactive materials) intothe slope region involves the movement of pollutants from one area toanother via meteorological conditions (Francois Morel, personal communi-cation) . These materials may be carried from an onshore area onto theslope area by strong winds or deposited in the water by precipitation .There are strong indications that relatively high concentrations of PCB,DDT, and other chlorinated hydrocarbons in the continental slope regionare the result of atmospheric transport (see Chapter 6.0, Chemistryand Chapter 7.2, Zooplankton) .
INTRA-OCEAN TRANSPORT
Intra-ocean transport refers to the movement of wastes within the oceanas a result of current, sediment transport, and vertical diffusion . Itis a complex process that is not yet thoroughly understood ; however, itsrole may be a significant one over a long time, especially in certainhighly contaminated areas .
Recent studies indicate that movement of pollutants in an offshore di-rection does take place in the Hudson Valley Trough and Canyon . Car-mody, Pearce, and Yasso (1973) found that as they moved away from thecentral area of two disposal sites in the New York Bight, a "tongue ofcontaminated sediment extended southeast along the axis of the Hudsonshelf valley with above normal metal values continuing for about 30 kmsouth of the dumping sites" . More recent evidence from analysis of sed-iment samples taken at the base of the Hudson Canyon (Pearce, Thomas, andGreig, 1974) indicate that the abnormally high heavy metal burdens inthat area are a result of the intra-ocean move^.ient from the New York
9-6
Bight areas rather than from ocean dumping itself . Studies on the shelfto the south (U .S . EPA Region II, Table 9-1) are being conducted byNOAA at 20-24 sampling stations iocated at the two offshoredumpsite locations (Lear and Pesch, 1975) . The preliminary findings ofthese surveys are that some heavy metals are increasing above ambientlevels and have demonstrated a south and southwesterly drift as a resultof currents in the area ; furthermore, samples of fauna in the area alsoshowed increased metal levels (Bill Muir, personal communication) . Con-sequently, some degree of incursion of these materials into the slopewater in this region is possible .
DIRECT DUP'PING
Ocean disposal legislation fully regulates the direct input of pollutantsinto the marine environment. The Marine Protection, Research, and Sanc-tuaries Act of 1972 (Public Law 92-532) gives the U .S . EPA the authorityto regulate all ocean dumping activities except those conc :e~iiiing dredgespoil, which were placed under the control of the U .S . Army Corps ofEngineers . In 1973, EPA regulations and criteria for ocean dumping werefinalized . These prohibit the disposal of high level radioactive mater-ials and radiological, chemical, or biological warfare materials (Part227, Section 227-21) ; put stringent limitations on the level of wasteaaercury, mercury compounds, cadmium, and cadnium compounds allowed to bedumped (Part 227, Section 227-22) ; and designate a variety of materialsthat require special care - lead, copper, nickel, herbicides, phenols,and detergents (Part 227, Section 227-31) .
The U .S . EPA jurisdiction for the regulation of ocean dumping activitiesis carried out within four administrative regions . These regions arelisted in Table 9-1 along with the current status of their ocean dumpingpermits and the dumpsites near the continental margin .
There are three authorized U .S . EPA dumpsites that are located closeenough to the study area to have potential impacts . The only dumpsiteactually located within the studg region is the chemical waste disposalsite at 38040'N to 39°00'N by 72 00'W to 72°30'W (Table 9-1, Figure 9-1)which is regulated by the Region II EPA operating out of New York City .In 1975, 31 Region II permits for waste disposal on the slope expired .In comparison, there are only 14 permits outstanding for 1975 as of thiswriting. Twelve of these permits are for disposal of "digester clean-out" and were issued in conjunction with inshore sewage sludge dumpingpermits ; the remaining two are for manufacturing wastes disposal . Allof these permits designate the chenical waste disposal site, 38°40'Nto 39°00'N by 72°00'W to 72°30'W, as the dump area . Table 9-2 liststhe permittees and in-force dates for digester clean-out permits (noparameters, constituents, or volumes for the clean-out materials werelisted in the permits) ; Table 9-3 gives the permitees, in-force dates,constituent parameters, and ultimate cessation dates for the manufacturingwaste disposal permits . This waste chemical site absorbed 4,345 .52mi' :ion liters of manufacturing wastes in 1974 (EPA, 1975) . Fiqures forthe amount of digester clean-out material dumped at the site were n°tavailable .
9-7
~ :
Table 9-1 . Distribution of EPA ocean dumpinqNorth Atlantic coast
. permits and dumpsites near the continental margin of the
Seven permi ts Issued 1974,three in 1975 . Of 1975 per-mits, two are for sewage sludqedisposal (Philadelphia . Penn .,and Camden, New Jersey) andone is for chemical waste (E .I .Dupont de Nanours Co ., Inc .,Delaware) cessation of dumpingexpected by 1981 . For a listingof these permits seeTables 9-4, 9-5 and 9-6 .
'si permits issued 1975, with 14outstanding at beginning 1976 .Of the 14, 12 are for "DigesterClean-out" materials and two formarufacturing (Chemicai) wastes .For listing of these permits seeTables 9-2 and 9-3 .
None authorized
None authorized
Two dumpsites at theinner edge ot continent8lmargin at ,8 20'N to 3825'N by 74 10'W to 74°20'Wand 38°30'N to 38°35'Nby 74°15'W to 74025'W
One dumpsite beyond thecontinental margin at38°40'N to 39°00'N by72°00'W to 72°30'W
None authorized
t
9,3
Table 9-2 . Digester clean-out rraterials
State , Date
New Jersey
The Linden Rosell Sewerage Authority 7/1i75 - 6/30/76
Middlesex County Sewerage Authority 7/1/75 - 6/30/76
Bergen County Sewer Authority 7/1/75 - 6/30/76
Passaic Valley Sewerage Commissioners 7/1/75 - 6/30/76
The Joint Meeting of Essex and Union Counties 7/1/75 - 6/30/76
* General Marine Transportation Corporation 7/1/75 - 6/30/76
* Modern Transportation Co . - PCJ Sanitary Corp . 7/l/75 - 6/30/76
New York
Deputy Commissioner of Public Works, Long Bea^h 7/1/75 - 6/30/76
Commissioner of Public Works - G -l en Cove 7/1/75 - 6/30/76
Commissioner - Nassau County Dept . Public Works 7/1/75 - 6/30/76
Commissioner - Dept . of Water Resources, N .Y .C . 7/1/75 - 6/30/76
* These permi ts authori ze the appl i cants to di spose of diqester clean-out Arom avariety of towns which are listed in the permits . `lolune limits re-strict dumping activities to 11 .9 million and 24 .1 million gallons,respectively .
Crompton and Knowles Corp . 2/17/75- 9,000,000 gallons/yr. of August, 1977Reading, Pennsylvania 2/17/76 aqueous waste resulting
from dye manufacturing
American Cyanamid Co . 8/25/75- 40,000,000 gallons/yr. of April, 1979Linden, N . J . 8/24/76 waste resulting from the
manufacturing of rubberchemicals, water treatingchemicals, non-persistentorgano-phosphate insecti-cides, r,ides, mining chemicals,
o sulfuric acid, intermedi-ates,- ates,- and .surfactants
.} . :
A study of this area as a chemical waste disposal site (deep water dumpsite) and its effect on the marine environment is currently being con-ducted by NOAA and a first report is to be completed sometime in 1976 .Preliminary scientific data for this investigation concerning the biotaof the dumpsite environment are included in this report in Chapters 7 .2,Zooplankton, 7 .4, Nekton ; and 8 .0, Submarine Canyons ; and in later sectionsof this chapter . Data regarding the levels of various chemical constituentson each barge of waste shipped out, (e .g . heavy metals) in the wastematerials dumped are available from EPA .
The Region III EPA, operating out of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, isresponsible for the remaining two dumpsites that could have potentialimpacts on the study area (Table 9-1) . They are located in an areato the southwest of the slope water and within the continental mar-gin (Figure 9-1) . The current permits include two for sewage sludgedisposal and one for waste chemical disposal . The permits are held bythe city of Philadelphia Water Department, Pennsylvania ; the :.ity ofCamden, Department of Public Works, Delaware . The constituents andquantities authorized by these permits are given in Tables 9-4, 9-5,and 9-6 . All outstanding Region III permits call for a cessation ofdumping activity by the end of 1981 . Unless new permits are issued orexisting ones extended, these dumpsites will become inactive .
9 .3 EFFECTS
The effects of pollution in the slope environment can be evaluated interms of physical presence (concentration or water quality) or the sub-sequent impact on the biota . Concerning the effects on the biota, littleevaluation can be made without supporting quantitative data, and suchdata is not adequate at this time .
There is some recent data on the distribution and concentration ofpollutants within the slope environment, which are discussed below andalso presented in other chapters of this report . The Geochemical OceanSection Study and the Pollutant Transfer Study of the InternationalDecade of Ocean Exploration (IDOE) are in the process of collecting base-line data on the distribution and concentration of trace constituentssuch as heavy metals and chlorinated petroleum hydrocarbons in the watersand sediments of the northwest {",rlantic, irc' .uding the slope region . Theresults of these studies to date have been reported in detail in the chap-ter ter on Chemical Oceanography(Chapter 6 .0) . Investigation of mercury
~ . ; compounds (Fitzgerald and Hunt, 1974) copper, zinc and nickel (Spencer~ and Brewer, 1969) particulate matter, iron, manganese, zinc, copper, nickel,
cadmium, and cobalt (Bewers; et al, 1975) and petroleum and chlorinated hydrc-carbons (NSF-IDOE Report 1974b) in the northwest Atlantic include dataon the concentrations of these chemical constitutents in the slope water .Also, NOAA's Marine Ecosystems Analysis Program (MESA) is investigatingthe occurrence of heavy metal concentrations in benthic ecosystems on thecontinental slope and rise (Pearce, Thomas, and Greig, 1974) . These in-vestigations should generate considerable data on the movement of pollu-
,1,
9-11
((I
Table 9-4 . Camden Public Works disposal permit . Total amount autho-rized for disposal not to exceed 56,775,000 liters or5,440 dry tons, whichever is less . No more than 7,570,000
C liters may be dumped during any one month .
I `
CHARACTERISTICS OF WASTES GENERATED
General mq/1 Metals mg/1
Density (g/ml) 0 .95 Mercury (mg/kg) 0 .001 liquid
pH (units) 5 .3 Mercury " 1 .1 solid
COD 136,000 Cadnium " 0.04 liquid
Total Solids 87,000 Cadmium " 40 .7 solid
Oil and Grease 19,450 Arsenic 0.01
60D 38,000 Beryllium 0.06
TSS 78,300 Chromium 34 .5
Copper 32 .6
Lead 49 .4
Nickel 5 .8
Selenium 0 .01
Vanadium 3 .9
Zinc 160
9-12
/i
Table 9-5. Philadelphia Water Department disposal permit . Totalamount authorized for disposal - 567,750,000 liters .
Dumpsite Dumpsite38°30' to 38°35'N 38°20' to 38°25'N74°15' to 74°25'W 74°10' to 74120'Wmg/kg Constituent mg/kg
. Generally speaking, the continental slope region appears to be inter-mediatemediate in concentration of trace constituents between the waters of the
) continental shelf and the waters of the Gulf Stream beyond (Chemical~ Oceanography, Section 6 .6) . Levels of trace metals : mercury, iron, cop-
per, zinc, nickel, chromium, aluminum, manganese, lead and cadmium gen-erallyerally show reduced levels from coastal areas, while in many cases elevated
+ levels of these constituents can be detected between slope water and; the water of the Sargasso Sea (Fitzgerald and Hunt, 1974) ; Spencer and; Brewer, 1969 ; and Bewers, et al ., 1975) . The level of petroleum hydro-
carbons in the sediments of the northwest Atlantic show generally smal-lerler values in the slope surface sediment than in the coastal and continen-taltal shelf sediment, but higher values than the sediments of the abyssal
; plains (NSF-IDOE Report, 1974b) . The high levels obtained in the coastalE and some slope samples have been attributed to the presence of obviouslyi polluted coastal sediments .
E Recent interest in the concentration of chlorinated hydrocarbons in the' water coluiiin throughout the northwest Atlantic has been generated sin c e; the discovery that these organic pollutants were quite evenly distribu-
ted throughout the entire area ( Harvey, Steinhauer, and Teal, 1973) . Thedistribution implies atmospheric transport and the hypothesis is furt hersupported by data on atmospheric distributior of chlorinated hydrocarbonlevels which show no gradient between coastal and Sargasso Sea samplelocations (NSF-IDOE Report, 1974a) . The data suggests the continentalslope region and its bieta are as equally -julnerable to this type of pol-lutant as the coastal region areas .
F Preliminary results of NOAA's survey of heavy metal concentrations inj sediments beyond the continental margin of the New York Bight (Deep~ Water Dumpsite) have demonstrated a movement of heavy metals down the~ Hudson Canyon Valley toward the slope (Carmody, Pearce, and Yasso, 1973)
and elevated burdens of heavy metals in areas near the outflow of theHudson Canyon ( Pearce, Tnomas, and Greig, 1974) . (See also Submarine Can-yons, Chapter 8 .0) .
~ The sediment sampling locations of Pearce, et al . (1974) are shown in, Figure 9-2 and the concentration of trace metal's in the upper 3 .81 cm! of sediment from each of the locations is _; hown in Table 9-7 . The trace
metal concentration from all stations surrounding the canyon outflowwere uniform and relatively high compared to the control location (Test 1),an uncontaminated area on the shelf, and at station Al, somewhat removedfrom the canyon outflow . Pearce, et al . suggest that materials originatinginshore having elevated heavy metal content are transported to the deeper
~" water via the Hudson shelf valley and canyon .
Investigations into dumping practices on the slope have reviewed theeffects from direct dumping . Investigations have revealed a potentialleak -if radio ? ctive materials from containers offshore from New Jerseyon the slope ( Smith and Brown, 1971) ; a build-up of drift of some heavy
9-15
•~ ~.
f
~
;~
c.•'..~
r1: ~ • :1
~ =1 °r~ ==~
': A: ~
T~: :.%
~~
~
~
-~~ x"
<n
1 ~ry. . .
• ~ xinX '^<
:
~.~ `
,
~
.,-• .- •
v- 1-- - --
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATIANTSC CONTINENTAL SIOPE
T~it30M F~GURE Benthic Sampling Locations at Deepwater D~!mpsite7g-2 4)106 (Pearce, Thomas, and Greig, 19
metals at a disposal site offshore from Delaware and adjacent to theslope water (Bill Muir, personal communication) ; and a generally neglig-able impact resulting from deep water munitions disposal (see Chapter11 .0 regarding munitions disposal) at a now inactive site on the slope(Wilkness, 1973) .
Tests conducted on the various types of containers used for radioactivewaste disposal at sea have indicated that despite air voids within thecontainers, they maintain their ability to contain the waste underincreased water pressure even though they may become deforRied as aresult of the pressure (Smith and Brown, 1971) . Beyond the potentialradioactive leak mentioned previously, there was no indication in theliterature of any effects resulting from the disposal of these materials
# at sea. Perhaps the thousands of containers which have been dumpedin the ocean waters have caused some alteration in the bottom topographyof the disposal area and could conceivably have caused some form ofdamage to the local benthic community ; however, this literature searchuncovered little data which detailed the effects of radioactive wastedisposal on the slope .
Potential effects of ocean dumping on the study region seems te be lim-ited to the chemical dumpsite previously mentioned . To a degree, theenvironmental quality of the immediate area surrounding this dumpsitemay be adversely affectec' I)y ocean dumping, but to date no degradationof the environment has been demonstrated . In faci, Pearce, et al . (1974)did not attribute elevatec burdens of heavy metals found in the sedimentsnear the dumpsite to ocean dumping activities .
The impact of pollutants on the slope biota, their concentration in thetissues of organisms and their subsequent effect on physiology, behaviorand community structure has been of increasing concern to marine sci-entists . Hard aata, however, is just beginning to be collected and an-alyzed so any definitive evaluation of biological impacts is not cur-rent'ly available .
The concentration of trace metals : arsenic, cadmium, copper, mercury,and zinc in the t : ssues of 35 species of finfish has been examined byWindom, Stickney, Smith, White, and Taylor ( 1973) in specimens takenthroughout the northwest Atlantic Ocean . These collections were takenoutside the study area, i .e . inshore (South Atlantic coast) and offshore(Sargasso Sea) . The trace metal tissue concentrations of species of bonyfishes ( Osteichthys) are shown in Table 9-8 . Pearce, et al . analyzedthe trace metal content of a number of benthic speciesTTahle 9-9)taken from locations in the deep water dumpsite area and evaluated thevalues of cadmium, copper, and zinc using the data of Windom, et al .as a baseline . Cadmium levels of less than one part per million 7ppm),copper levels of less than 10 ppm, and zinc levels ranging from 10 to80 ppm were similar for most species in 5oth studies after adjustmentswere made between wet and dry weight analysis . Certain species, however,principally the anchovy, Anchoa mitchelli and the deep sea slickhead,
9-18
~~~
Table 9-8 . Arsenic, cadmium, copper, mercury, and zinc in muscle tissue of Osteichthys frominshore (I) and offshore (0) locations (Windom, et al ., 1973) .
Alepacephalus agassizi , had livor tissues with elevated levels of copper,silver, and zinc by several orders of magnitude . Levels in the slickhead(wet weight basis) were : cadmium, 13.0 ppm ; copper, 28 .6 ppm; silver,1 .2 ppm ; zinc, 271 .0 ppm .
Liver tissue trace metal concentrations in several other deep waterbenthic fishes : the grenadier, Nematonurus armatus ; the rattail, Nezumiabairdi ; whiting, Merluccius bilinearis ; and Halosauosis macrochia werea-'Iso of the same evT e1s as t os t~Fie windowpane f ounder, Scophthalmusa uq osus from coastal waters . Recent unpublished data (Dr . John Pearce,personal communication) indicates that benthic fishes from areas close tothe outflow of the Hudson Canyon also have elevated tissue burdens oftrace metals . Pearce, et al . (1974) point out the need to further ex-amine the trace metal burdEn in benthic species to determine the causeof these relatively high Feavy metal contents .
Pearce, et al . (1974) state that there was no indication from theirsampling that the benthic assemblages differed from those at similar depthsalong the Gayhead-Bermuda transect and therefore they could not detect anyadverse effect from the toxic waste disposed of at these dumpsite stations .
Although these reports indicate some contamination with several typesof pollutants at several locations in the study area, as far as we candetermine there has been no report of adverse impact on the biota onthe continental slope to date . This is not to say that pollution hasnot affected the biota or will not in the future. It could well meanthat scientific technology has not yet reached a level at which theseimpacts can be detected . The amount of data available is certaiiily notimpressive .
There is indirect evidence suggesting that the incursion of pollutantsinto the deep sea environment cannot be viewed in the same way that ithas in the coastal waters . The rate of biodegradation in the deep sea(discussed in Chapter 7 .3, Benthic Biology) seems to be extremely slowso that materials that are readily biodegradable on land degrade slowlyif at all in the ocean dec.ths (Jannasch and Wirsen,1969) . The implica-tion here is that polluting materials may accumulate in the deep seaenvironment . Investigations into problems of bacterial action, biodeg-radation, and recycling of organic matter ir the deep ocean are beingconducted by Dr . Holger Jannasch of the Wood .; Hole Oceanographic Institut3under a NSF grant .
Not orly is it likely that biodegradable materials will accumulate inthe deep waters of the study region, but the effects of toxic materialson deep water ~enthic communities may have a far more devastating effectthan they have had in coastal communities (Sanders, personal communication) .The concept of the deep sea benthic community that is emerging, is oneof extreme conservatism (Sanders, 1969, Sanders and Hessler . 1969) . Thegradation to deep waters is accompanied by reduced 'physiological stressresulting from increased stability of the environment. The deep water
9-21
~
communities are characterized by diversity of species, strong endemismwith highly zonated distributions, slow growth and metabolism and lowreproduction potential . These communities have accommodated themselvesto the stable environment over the geologic ages and would undoubtedlybe vulnerable to the stress caused by abrupt environmental change .Further, recovery of the deep sea benthos from an environmental disasterwould i,robably be imperceptively slow .
It is obvious that some contamination of the continental slope hasoccurred in specific areas where waste disposal activities have beenmost intense, principally off the New York Bight ; and that potentialcontamination exists for other areas on the slope . The total effectof pollution on slope water quality and its ultimate impact will onlybe known after adequate collection and analysis of data .
9-22
~
9.4 REFERENCES
Anderson, J . (personal communication, Dec . 1975) . Region II, En-vironmental Protection Agency, New York City, N .Y .
Baltimore, H . (personal communication, 1975) . Region IY, EnvironmentalProtection Agency, Atlanta, Georgia .
Bewers, J .M., B . Sundby, and P .A. Yeats . 1975 . Trace metals in thEwaters overlying the Scotian Shelf and Slope . Pap°r presentedat ICES 63rd . Statutory Meet ., Montreal, Sept .. 1975 .
Brown, R .P . and E .H. Shenton . 1971 . Evaluating waste disposal atsea - the critical role of information management . In : Mar .Technol . Soc . Annu . Meet . Proc ., p . 353-363 .
Carmody, D.J ., S .B . Pearce and W .E . Yasso. 1973 . Trace metals insediments of New York Bight . Mar . Pollut . Bull ., 4(9) : 132-135 .
Council on Environmental Quality . 1970. Ocean dumping, a nationalpolicy. Washington, D.C ., U .S. Govt . Print . Office. 45 p .
Fitzqerald, W .F . ana C .D . Hunt. 1974 . Distributi,3n of mercury inLhe surface microlayer and in subsurface waters of the northwestAtlantic Ocean . J . Rech . Atmos ., 8 : 629-637 .
Harvey, G .R ., W .G. Steinhauer, and J .M . Teal . 1973 . Polychlorobi-phelols in North Atlantic ocean water . Science, 180 : 643-644 .
Holmes, P . (personal coarr.unication, Nov . 1975) . Region I, Environ-mental Protection Agency, Boston, Mass .
Jannasch, H .W . and C .O. Wirser.. 1969 . Microbial degradation of or-ganic matter in thP d :ep see . Science, 171 : 672-675 .
Lear, D .W. and G .G. Pesch . 1975 . The effects of ocean disposal activ-ities on the mid-continental shelf environment off Delaware andMaryland. Environ . Prot . Agency Ser . 903/9-75-015 .
Arthur D. Little, Inc . 1973. Prospects for deep-ocean disposal ofmuniciz)al refuse : a technical literature review, final reportto New England Regional Commission. A .D . Little, Inc ., Cam-bridge, Mass . 145 p . plus append .
Morel, F . (personal communication, 1975) . Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology, Cambridge, Mass .
Muir, W. (personal communication, Nov . 1975) . Region II, EnvironmentalProtection Agency, Philadelphia, Pa .
9-23
National Archives of the United States . 1973 . Ocean dumping . Fed-eral Register, Part II, 38(198) : 28610-28621 .
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration . 1974 . Report to theCongress on ocean dumping and other man-induced changes to oceanecosystems, October 1972 through December 1973 . Washington, D.C.,U .S. Dept . of Commer . 96 p .
.~ National Science Foundation and International Decade for Ocean Explora-tion . 1974a . Atmospheric pollutant transport and deposition onthe sea surface . Grant GX-33777 .
_ 1974b. Input and loss of petroleum and chlorinatedhydrocarbons to the deep North Atlantic Ocean . Grant GX-35212 .Unpubl . rep . cited by permission of J . .W . Farrington, co-investigator .
Pearce, J .B ., J . Thomas and R. Greig . 1974I. A preliminai•y investiga-tion of the benthic resources at deep water disposal site 106 .(Nat . Mar . Fish . Serv ., Sandy Hook, N .J . (Ecosystem Investigation)Informal Rep . 37 . 11 p .
r
~-
Pratt, S .D ., S .B. Saila, A .G . Gaines, Jr . and J .S . Krouse . 1973 .Biological effects of ocean disposal of solid waste . Grad . Sch .Oceanogr., Univ . of R .I ., Mar . Tech . Rep . Ser . 9 . 146 p .
Sanders, H .L . 1968. Marine benthic diversity : a comparative study .Amer . tlatur ., 102 : 243-282 .
i1969 . Benthic marine diversity and the stability-time-
.(oersonal communication, 1976) . Seminar on deepsea benthos at Bigelow Laboratory for Ocean Science, W . BoothbayHarbor, Me ., Feb . 1976 .
Sanders, H.L . and R .R. Hessler. 1969. Ecology of the deep-sea benthos .Science, 163(3874) : 1419-1424 .
Smith, D .D. and R.P . Brown . 197 11 . Ocean disposal of barge-deliveredliquid and solid wastes from U .S . coastal cities . U . S . Environ .Protect . Agy ., Office of Solid Waste Manage ., Washington, D.C. 119 p .
Spencer, D.W . and P .G. Brewer. 1969 . The distribution of copper, zinc,and nickel in sea water of the Gulf of Maine and the Sargasso Sea .Geochim . Cosmochim . Acta, 33 : 325-339 .
United States Environmental Protection Agency . 1974 . Approved interimdumping sites . cnviron . Protect. Agy ., Region II, New York City .Data sheets {map) .
t -,, . .,. 1975 . Ocean dumping in the United States - 1975, third
annual report of the Environmental Protection Agency or Adminis-tration of Title I, Washingtoit, D .C . 58 p .
~~ Wiebe, P., E .J . Carpenter, K . Osborr+, R . Wigley, and W. Welch . 1971 .~ Biological effects . In : Proceedings : ocean disposal conference,
Woods Hole, Mass ., Feb. 23, 1971, p . 1-17 .1
Wilkniss, P .E . 1973. Envircnmental condition report for deep-water~ dump area A. Washington, D.C ., Naval Res . Lab . 118 p.:
Windom, H ., R. Stickney, D . White and F . Taylor. 1973 . Arsenic; cadmium, mercu~y, and zinc in some species of North Atlantic fin-~~ fish. J . Fishl . Res . Bd . Can ., 4(12) ; 60 .
The continental slope was not heavily fished until the advent, in theearly 1960's, of foreign fishing fleets . Until that time, the fertilefishing grounds of the New England shelf areas experienced a muchlighter harvest by U .S . and Canadian fishermen and, although individ-ual stocks fluctuated, the total catch remained fairly stable . Forthis :•eason, the incentive to move into deeper water did not material-ize until foreign competition for the harvest : created a need to exploitnew stocks and new species . The subsequent general decline of theNorth and Middle Atlantic fishery, since the mid-1960's, has furtherincreased the incentive to extend the range of fishing effort . Thus,the continental slope area is probably experiencing greater fishingpressure than it ever has in the past .
The species that are of commercial importance in the slope region are,for the most part, the highly abundant species of the upper 200 m,whose distribution overlaps into the deeper slope water . Particularly
~ important are wide ranging finfish, such as silver hake and red hake,that seasonally move into the upper slope regions and are found therein commercial quantities during the colder months of the year . Also,
; pelagic species such as tuna, mackerel, herring, butterfish, and squid~ are, at times, found in quantities beyond the shelf break .
The finfish and invertebrates of the deeper water that are more or lesspermanently associated with the slope region are sometimes caught in-cidently with other species but are not in themselves commercially im-
' portant. The red crab and the lobster, whichh are crustaceans of thedeeper waters that support a newly developing fishery, are exceptions .
Fishing activity in the slope region is carried out by a diverse groupof fishing units . The U.S . effort takes a wide variety of ground fishand benthic invertebrates . The foreign fleets concentrate on certainground fishes, and also take pelagic fishes and squid . The vessels donot restrict themselves to the slope, but move from shallow to deeperwater depending on the catch situation prevailing at the moment . There-fore, there is no easy distinction between the slope and the shelf fish-ery except perhaps for the more static pot fishery for lobster and redcrabs .
The amount and value of the commercial catch taken in the slope areais not easily determined because of the way the catch statistics aretaken . Most of the U .S . data is recorded at the ports where thecatch is unloaded and are considered as landings . These records donot distinguish between slope and shelf catches . The foreign catch isgathered by members of the International Commi3sion for Northwest
~
10-3
Atlantic Fisheries (ICNAF) and is tabulated according to their largestatistical subdivisions (Figure 10-1) which again, do not separate theshelf from the slopa catches . The routinely collected catch statistics,as they are presented annually, are of only limited usefulness as indi-
~ cators of the commercial catch on the continental slope .
r The New England Fishery Interview and Weighout Summar .~s have been com-~` piled by the National i-larine Fisheries Service, Northeastern Fisheries; ; Center (NMFS, 1975) . Catches from G?orqes Bank and southern New Eng-
land fishing grounds were averaged for a 10-year period (1965-1974), and!' given by 10 minute squares of latitude and longitude . This data repre-
sents sents the only means whereby catches specific to the slope can be ex-tracted and examined .
r10 .1 .2 THE FISHERY
IMPORTANT FISHING AREAS
z The exact areas where most fishing activity occurs on the slooe is dif-ficult to define because specific catch location data is not available .Downslope, the trawl fishery occurs between 200 and 1,000 m ; however,the most productive areas probably are at or just below the shelf break
f° where the commercially important species are found in greatest abundance .The pot fishery for lobster is carried out primarily in the canyon areasto a depth of 500 m . Along-slope, a rough estimate of the distributionof fishing efforts can be made from the plots of catch by 10 minutesquares, based on the fishery interview data (NMFS, 1975) and from the
~ surveillance of the foreign fishing fleet activities (Figures 10-5f~- through 10-16) . Fishing along the slope extends from the northeast -ip
; of Georges Bank to Cape Hatteras . The most intensive activity seems toR occur off southern New England from about Veatch Canyon to just above
Hudson Canyon . The amount of U.S . fishing effort below southern `•!ew' England is not clear because the fishery interview summary does not ex-
tend tend beyond that point ; however, it probably is less because fishing in-tensity, tensity, in gereral, is less in the middle Atlantic shelf area than on
f the New England shelf . The foreign fleet extends its operation on the` slope to the south as far as Cape Hatteras .
t[ ANNUAL CATCH - 1970 to 1974
United States Land4 ngs by State
Data on the Commercial Fish Landings by State, are prepared by theNational Marine Fishery Service, Statistics and Market News Division,U .S . Department of Commerce, 1970, 1971, 1974, and 1975. They resultfrom the statistics gathered at the various ports at which commerciallandings are made (Table 10-1) . These values reflect the ariount landed
` at the port and not thfore, the catches fromthose of other areas .
ICNAF Catch Statistics
location at which the catch was made, there-the continental slope are indistinguishable from
The records collected by the Internatiana-1-Commission of the NorthwestAtlantic Fisheries include both domestic and foreign catches(Table 10-2), by country and species, for each of their des'gnatedareas in the Northwest Atlantic (Figure 10-1) . Sub-area five and sta-tistical area six cover the slope and shelf area from Georges Bank toCape Hatteras and again, the continental slope catch is not distinguish-able fron that of other areas within the ICNAF subdivisions . The gen-eral catch trend from 1964 to 1974 in sub-area five and statistical areasix is shown in Figure 10-2 . The ICNAF records include a large list ofspecies, many of them common to the shallow water of the coastal areas .Species that have obvious affinities for shallow water have not been in-cluded . Important commercial species such as cod and haddock, and theflounders have been included, although they are not taken in quantityon the slope .
The catch trends from 1970 to 1974 for species that are of particularcommercial importance in the slope region are of interest even thoughthese data cover a broad area . Silver hake catches increased from54,565 m tons (in sub-areas five and six combined) in 1970 to 136,218 mtons in 1973, and then decreased to 129,934 in 1974 . And red hakecatches went from 12,486 m tons in 1970 to 66,641 m tons in 1973 anddown to 33,604 m tons in 1974 . Squid and mackerel showed similartrends . The herring catch has declined steadily from a high of 318,363in 1971 to 185,132 in 1974 .
An increase in the catch from fishing areas on the slope and shelfbreak from 1970 to 1973, may have accompanied the general increase incatches throughout the ICNAF areas five and six . The distribution offorei gn fleets over the shelf and slope areas ( Figures 10-5 through10-1b) would indicate a sizeable effort along the 200 m contour ; how-ever, the data does not show whether there was a disproportionatechange in catches from the slope waters .
New Enaland Fishery Interview
This information (NMFS, 1975) results from interviews with vessel cap-tains at the ports where landings are made . The captain's estimateof the weight of his catch (hailed weight) and the location from whichit came provides the data base . It was estimated that 40 to 50 percentof the extended trip vessels were covered by the survey . By listingthe hailed weight by 10 minute squares of latitude and longitude (100square nautical miles), the catch from beyond the 200 m isobath can beextracted and compared as a percentage to the total catch . The datashould be reviewed with the following limitations in mind : 1) the data
Table 10-2 Nominal catches (metric tons) by species and country for ICNAF Subarea 5 and StatisticalArea 6 . Species with strong shallow water affinities have been excluded .
was intended to show the distribution of fishing activity and not theresource, 2) an estimated 40 - 50 percent of the extended-trip-typevessels were interviewed and 15 percent of the day-trip vessels . Ifthe day-trip vessels account for a significant portion of the totalcatch, then the percent of the slope catch will be biased toward thehigh side . 3) The survey included only the U .S. catch for the GeorgesBank and southern New England grounds . 4) The accuracy depends on the
~ captain's•a5ility to estimate his landings .
• . The catch in hundreds of kilograms by species group, month, and 10minute square is given in Table 10-4 . The 10 minute squares of lati-tude and longitude represent, in total, the area from approximatelythe 200 m isobath seaward as far as the fishing vessels opErate andfrom the northeast peak of Georges Bank through the southern NewEngland waters . The definition of the species groups are shown inTable 10-3 .
; The most important species groups caught in the slope region by U .S .fishermen is indicated by comparing the catch on the slope to the totalcatch (Table 10-5) . In terms of percent of the total catch, silver hake~ (11 .99 percent), lobster (48 .63 pe;cent) and other shellfish (20 .04 per-cent) cent) represent the most important groups . The "other shellfish" cat-egory includes squid and red crab, both important commercial species on
F the slope and those species probably account for the high percentage of~ that category. The effect of the productive lobster fishery is indica-
ted ted by its high contribution to the total catch . The important shelfspecies such as cod, haddock, and the flounders apparently are not asimportant to the slope fishery . The seasonal intensity of the U .S .fishery in slope waters is indicated by the comparison of monthly per-
~ centages of slope catch and total catch (Table 10-6, Figure 10-3 and10-4) . From this, the highly seasonal nature of the slope fishery canbe seen . With the exception of the sea scallop, fishing intensity isgreatest from January through May, with June representing the time ofchange to a very low summer fishery level . From these data one cannottell how much of this is change in the availability of the speciesgroups due to seasonal chanees in their movements, or to the change infishing effort . In the case of the more migratory species, such assilver hake, (which are known to winter over in deeper offshore waters),the seasonal change in catch is undoubtedly tied to their movementsinshore in the summer and offshore in the winter .
In summary, it can be said that the commercial catch of species on thecontinental slope represents, for the most part, only a small percentageof the total U .S . catch . In terms of proportion of the total fisheryand also dollar value, the lobster fishery probably represents the mostimportant U .S . resource in the slope area .
1U-41
. ' .
,-t
,
~
Table 10-3 . Species groups used in the New England Fishery Interviewand Weighout Sumnary .
Ta b 1 e 1 U-4 . U . S . Comaorclal Catch by Month and by Species Group in the Continental Slope Waters . Georges Bank, and the Southern NewEngland Grounds, Based on New England Port Interviews 1965-1974 . (NMFS 1975) . The Catch Figures ( 1n kgs .) RepresentAverages for the Ten Year Period and Are by Ten Minute Squares of Latitude and Longitude .
Table 10-5. U.S . annual commerciai catch by species in continentalslope waters and a percentage of the total U .S . catchfor the Georges Bank and southern New England grounds .(U .S . Fishina Vessel Interviews, 1965-1975)
Table 10-6Seasonal Comparison by Species Group as Indicated from the Percent of Slope Catch (kgs) to Total Catch ( kgs) . New EnglandFisheries Interviews (1975) .
~au rr~ u I R rse u .v ~~~u .~i~~ A- <lY flPT Yd/ IYf ftR Y A R A PR YAY JIIN Jill All G ttP flCt YR~ f1Lr
J<r0~
o`I-zWuaY
Y 1- --- Z 1 ^!0Y JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB YAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
SCALCOPS PELAGIC
J
F
fti,0
F
WVaWn
ENVIRONMENTAL IR~V(E" :TORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE~
TR I GOM F IGURE10-3
Percentage of U .S . Slope Catch to Total Catchby Season
i .i-4 .J
JAN FE! wAR APR MAY JUN JUi AYG SEP OCTN9V DEC Jul FEB NAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
SILVER HAKE OTHER GROUNDFISH
-m.~ ~~.
. s .
/,
~
J
H0~
0
iusd
CODHADDO :KN
tH0
0.-
ai
10
6 6
4 4 W
! 2
~0
JAN FEB YAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB YAR APR MAY JUN 1JL AUG SEP OCT hOV G[C
YELLOWTAIL OTHER FLOUNDER
JQfCJHV.O
fZ
u¢Ws
10 ~
6 s
6 6
4 4
E Y
O 0iEP o[Y NOV DEC JAN FER NAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV Dg
JtF
Hr.OH2
u¢W6
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORV OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
TR IGa M FIGURE10-4
Percentage of U .S . Slope Catch to Total Catchby Season
tV-JV
i
L
e_ .. C
s
4
t
FOREIGN FISHING
The activities of foreign fishing fleets have considerable significance, . for the fish stocks on the continental slope area . The foreign fleets, probably use the slope area for trawl fishing to a greater extent than
the U.S . or Canada . The species that are most abundant in this area(silver hake, red hake, mackerel, and squid) are those that are morepopular with the foreign fishermen . Further, the location of factoryships in the larger fleets makes the outer shelf area much more acces-sible logistically to the foreign vessels than to U .S . vessels, whichhave to travel up to 200 miles between fishing grounds and points oflanding .
~ Historically, foreign fishing in the waters offshore of the northeastcoast began with exploratory fishing by the USSR in 1961 . In 1962,over 500 Soviet vessels were fishing for herring and groundfish . Thesuccess of the Soviet fleet stimulated Poland, East Germany, andRumania to develop fleets in the mid-1960's and by 1968, Spain, Japan,and West Germany were also fishing off the U .S . Atlantic coast . Re-cently, Bulgaria, Greece, France, Italy, and Cuba have entered thefishery .
The distribution of the fishing effort by country, number of vessels,location of vessel concentrations, and species taken, is availablefrom the Foreign Fleet Surveillance Summaries, produced by the Law En-forcement and Marine Mammal Protection Division of the National MarineFishery Service . Tnis infcrmation for a 12-month period, (January toDecember, 1974) is shown in Figures 10-5 through 10-16, and in Table10-7, giving a seasonal summary of the foreign fishing effort off theEast Coast of the hiiited States .
j" About 1,000 foreign vessels annually fish the waters off the East Coastfrom the southern tip of Nova Scotia to Cape yatteras . A*: any one time,from 250 to 300 vessels can be operating from 113 to 241 km off-shore . From Figures 10-5 to 10-16, a significant percentage of the ef-fort is concentrated on the outer shelf edge and the quantities of fish
' taken must make up a considerable portion of the total catch in theICNAF areas . The major species taken in the outer shelf and slope, asindicated by the vessel surveillance, are :
The Soviet effort, which began as a herring fishery of Georges Bank, ex-panded southward by 1964 to the outer shelf area in the lobster canyonsbetween Nantucket Island and Lcng Island . Here, they took enormousquantities of silver and red hake . The peak Soviet catch occurred in1965 and has since declined . At present, the Soviet fleet is c-,:npara-tively old and somewhat reduced in numbers . Groups of 10 to 2C :e;selsare now seen together rather than the masses of 100 to 150 vessels dur-ing the peak years . The standard operating pattern consists of fishingfrom the south of Long Island to southeast Nantucket during the winterand spring with occasional trips to the mid-Atlantic off Vir?inia andNorth Carolina. In July and August, their main effort is aimed forherring on Georges Bank . To counteract declining catches, almost anyspecies that appear in quantity are taken .
Poland
The PoliSh effort has grown substantially since its beginnings in 1965 .They fish primarily for herring and mackerel, followina these species'seasonal movements during the year . In 1968, they introduced the veryefficient stern trawlers with mid-water gear for the pelagic speciesand have since converted most of their fleet to this c ;.=ration . Theirvessels range from Long Island to North Carolina during January toApril and then snift to southern New England and Georges Bank in thesummer and fall .
East Germany
Since 1967, Fast Germany has maintained a steady fleet size of about55 to 75 vessels . At present, their vessels are highly efficient sterntrawlers ~-quipped w4th mid-water gear . East Germans also concentrateon herring and mackerel and fish closely with the Polish and WestGerman fleets on Georges Bank for herrinq durin ; the summer months andin the mid-Atlantic area in the winter months . Yheir absence from theranks of ICNAF members leave the fleet free of ICNAF regulations .
West Germany
West Germany maintains a fleet of about 20 vessels . They are identicalto East Germanv's, being stern trawlers and are rigged for taking her-ring and mackerel . Unlike the East Germans, they generally do not win-ter over in the mid-Atlantic area . The addition of six ultra-modernstern trawlers in 1973 has given West Germany perhaps the greatest ef-ficiency and fishing expertise of any country .
Bulgaria
Bulgaria entered the fishery in 1969 and since 1571 has maintained astern trawl fleet of about 20 vessels principally fishing for herring
10-66
r \
~P
~
i~ ~.F
,~
~ t .
`
-,'
~
~
. . ,u
fr- .
and mackerel .
Spain
Spain has been active since 1966 and uses a variety cf trawlers for codand squid . They concentrate on the squid principally in the winter andspring near the lobster canyons south of Long Island .
Japan
The Japanese began their effort for squid in 1968 using stern trawlers .Since then, they have maintained 15 to 20 of these vessels in the squidareas south of Long Island where they operate close to Spanish andItalian trawlers .
n+hcr Natinne
A number of nations including Greece, France, Cuba, and Italy havefished in this area in a limited way . The Italians have recently ex-panded their operations for squid and likewise the Cubans are expandingtheir effort rapidly .
IMPORTANT SPECIES
The following briefly summarizes the characteristics of the fishery forthe major commercial species on the outer continental shelf and slope .For a life history synopsis of these species, the reader is referred tothe biological sections of this report or the previous shelf report(TRIGOM, 1974) .
Silver Hake
The silver hake, a wide-ranging wandering fish of the cod family, has,since 1962, been the dominant ground fish species in shelf and slopeareas of the northwest Atlantic . The Soviets have dominated the catchof silver hake, with their landings peaking at 281,000 metric tons in1965 and then declining to their present level . The U .S . landed be-tween 35,000 and 53,000 m tons for 1961 through 1968, but this hasdwindled to a low of about 8,000 m tons in '1972. The Bulgarians alsotake silver hake .
Red Hake
The red hake is a cold water bottom fish of the cod family, and likethe silver hake, is found in deeper water off of the slope areas duringthe winter and spring seasons . The Soviets make the largest landingsof red hake followed by the U .S . and the Bulgarians . The slope fish-ery is again a bottom trawl operation during the winter and spring .
10-67
- -~r
The Atlantic herring is a relatively small, schooling, pelagic fish~ that has been of interest primarily to the foreign fleets . The main
landings have been ;:~ade by the Soviets, East and West Germans, and thePoles . The fisheries have mainly concentrated on the spawning groups
~ of fish on Georges Bank during August and September, however, they are' also found in the peripheral areas of the shelf and banks . These are
primarily bottom trawling operations ; however, the highly efficient mid-water trawl of the West Germans have increased the efficiency of herringfishing to a high degree ..;
~ Mackerel
The mackerel is a swift swimming fish of the open sea . The Soviet Unionand Poland dominated the landings with over 100,000 m tons in 1972 forthe Soviets and over 40,00U m tons for the Poles . East Germany alsotakes large quantities of mackerel . This species is pelagic and is gen-erally erally taken b - purse-seine or mid-water trawl .
Tuna
J The tuna fishery is almost exclusively a Canadian-U .S . venture . It~--~~ operates in a band extending about 220 km from the coast, primarily be-
tween Cape Charles, Virginia, and Cape Cod (Sakagawa, 1975) . Until1958, it was a trap, harpoon, and hand line fisherv and averaged about900 m tons annual catch . With the advent of the tuna purse-seine, the
~ annual catch increased to an average of 2,800 tons, but has fluctuated,.~ widely and is currently at a low ebb . The fishery concentrates on, small, schooling bluefin and skip jack tuna for the canned tuna indus-
try. The tuna are taken between June and October during their summermigrations to northern waters . Catches are confined to the shelf andinner edge of the slope .
In 1975, in response to the drastically reduced stock of bluefin tunain the Atlantic Coast, and as an alternative to imposing a threatenedspecies status on the bluefin by the N&tional Marine Fisheries Service,
•• the Commission for Conservation of Atlantic Tunas imposed regulationslimiting, on an annual basis, the catch of bluefin . Member nations ofthe Commission include : Brazil, Canada, Cuba, France, Ghana, Ivory
_ Coast, Japan, Korea, Morocco, Portugal, Senegal, South Africa, Spain,and the U .S . The director of the National Marine Fishery Service
~ . will be responsible for setting and imposing the quotas .
Squid
IleTwo species of squid are the components of the fishery . The long-finnedsquid, Loligo pealei, makes up about 90 percent of the catch and is more
abundant south of Cape Cod . The short-finned squid, Illex illecebrosis ,makes up the remaining catch and is more common ^n Georges Bank andCanadian waters . From late spring until fall t4:zse species are distrib-uted widely over the cont ;nental shelf . During the winter and spring,they are found in commercial concentrations on the outer shelf edge and
~ slope.
Prior to 1968, only a small catch of squid was made by the U .S . fish-ery, ery, but since that time, the foreign fleets, principally Japan, Spain,
• and Italy, have increased the annual catch to between 50,000 and 60,000-t' m tons. It is primarily a bottom trawl fishery centered on the edge of
the continental shelf in the general vicinity of Hudson Canyon (Lux,Handwork, and Rathjen, 1974) .
Lobster
There was a general awareness of the presence of sizeable lobster popu-lations in the offshore fishery since the early 1900's, when occasionaltrawl catches of lobsters were taken incidental to other catches in
,s the outer shelf areas . Gradually, offshore lobster catches increased .However, little information was gathered on the location of the offshore
~ catches until the 1960's . Skud and Perkins (1969) have shown the his-torical ~ torical change in inshore and offshore lobster catches through 1968(Table 10-8) . During this period, offshore lobsters were taken primarilywith otter trawis . However, as the fishery intensified and moved intorougher bottom, there was considerable damage to trawls and lobsters .As a result, in recent years, lobstermen have turned to deep water traps .
.,~
1
: . ~
Exploratory trawl cruises (McRae, 1960) for lobster indicated commercialquantities were to be found on the northern edge of Georges Bank ii anarea between Veatch and Hydrographer Canyons and immediately east ofLydonia Canyon . The best catches were made between 300 and 500 m . Skudand Perkins (1969) summarized the characteristics of the lobster popu-lations of the various fishing grounds at a period (mid-1960's) whenthe fishery was taking only 17 percent in total catch . The depth dis-tribution of their catch is shown in Figure 10-17 . Lobsters, at thattime, were smaller and more numerous in the areas west (including VeatchCanyon) than to the east . There were also differences in numbers caughtabove and below about 180 m in some canyons . :
f By recent agreement the lobster is considered a creature of the conti-nental nental shelf and therefore, is exclusively a U .S . fishery. The foreign
~ take is limited to incidental catches that are made while fishing forother species .
4 Red Crab
The red crab fishery is basically an offshoot from the lobster fishery .They are found abundantly along the continental slope off the north and
1U-69
~ r .
1
-~ t
- I':/-- ---•
~
• t.
Table 10-8. The U .S . catch of lobsters by the inshore not fishery andoffshore trawl fishery (Skud and Perkins, 1969)
Pot Trawl PercentageYear Fishery Fishery Total of Catch
MYOfOM rIAiCN OCiAMOGR4MtR LTOOMIA CORSA/R41-!O IM ..Iw7
M-40
H-70
1- l
M-
RMZI 4ur"/
Ipi•1
1// 110 Q
M
Z IZ• 1 : '
Z 130 -w -
•~ M1-IEBIr 1213M.71 -401• ' d
. 171~NOh ~ ,
G IU~I7p/• 1 ~ a~
FrI-Ibl/
w•na
Ifl`
tl/-ttar 1
nt aoC1
ttb
M
ra-ewcis o 25 m 0 m 0 0 0 e o e o o n
.IRCtw• or IOIAt
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
TR ! GOM t FIGURE10-17 IPercent of Catqhes Ca ht a` Va ious Depthsin the ~~~shore Fishery ~~kud and ~erkins, 1969)
I U-ii
/
. ;i
1 .
~~ .f .
! Middle Atlantic States . South of New England, they are found in largestconcentrations at depths of 310 m and 457 to 914 m, and at a maximumdepth of 1,829 m (Rathjen, 1974) .
The red crab was realized as a potential fishery in the i950's, but owing; to the lack of processing capabilities and inaccessability, it was not
harvested until caught along with lobsters in the deep water lobstertraps . Recently, several vessels have begun fishing exclusively forred crab and, combined with the incidental catch from the lobster fisn-ery, have reached landing amounts as high as 45,360 kg per month (Wigley,Theroux, and Murray, 1975) . The processing procedures for this newindustry are just being developed and the principal ports of landingsare New Bedford, Massachusetts and Galilee, Rhode Islane .
~ 10.1 .3 3ANAGEMENT IMPLICATIONS
'~ What can we say concerning management of the stocks of fish and shell-fish on the• •:jntintintal slope?
First, the slope .•Fsource, as it is on the shelfr ., is renewable but fi-nite . This reaiizat :on hEs come slowly, bu*t with the obvious declineof st,ewks in the 1960's through overfishing and the lack of proper as-sessment sPssm2nt and management, steps have begun to limit the harvest to alevel that will assure a continuing optimum yield . To accomplish thisrequires a highly specialized scientific technology that deals with theeffects of harvest, natural fluctuations, and species interactions on
" the size of fish stocks and their allowibie catch . This is being ac-complished through an ICNAF working group that, beginning in 1974, hasestablished quotas on the harvest of species in the ICNAF waters (Table10-9) . The United States is represented in this group by scientistsfrom the Northeast Fisheries Center of the Natirinal Marine FisheriesService . With the passage of a 200-mile fishing zone, the respon-sibility for the assessment and management of the fisheries of the outersF : .lf and slope falls more directly on the National Marine FisheriesSer-vice .
- Secondly, the management of most commercial stocks on the continentalslope are identical to, and part of, the management of these species for
` the whole Wirth and Middle Atlantic area . The slnpe fishery for thewide-ranging species, i .e . silver hake, red hake, squid, herring, mack-erel, and tuna is merely an extension of the shelf fishery with no realboundaries in terms of management units, and broad man-made or natural
~ : influences on these species will be felt equally on the slope and shelf .
Thirdly, the harvest of species that can be considered exclusive to`" the slope, i .e . lobster and red crab, should be considered in relation
to the productivity of the slope area . The standing crop of benthic in-vertebrates, particularly on the slope, cannot : be harvested at the samerate as fish (Gordon, 1974) . Generally, only 20 41~ 30 percent should
% ., 10-72
. ._ - `'
~~~
h~~
b~
TABLE 10-91975 Catch Quotas by Country and Species for ICNAF Areas 5 and 6 . (In Metric Tons) .~~
Species BUL CANFED.REP .
DEN FRA GERMANYGERMANDEM.REP. ICE ITALY JAP NOR POL POR ROM SPAIN USSR uK USA OTHERS
be harvested per year. On the slope (in 914 m) the annual proouctionrate is about 2 to 4 kg per acre per year as opposed to 110 to 220 kgper acre per year inshore and more than 66 kg per acre per year on thecontinental shelf. Obviously, even allowing for higher oroduction inthe canyon areas, the slope fishery for endemic species is a morelimited one than inshore .
Finally, the slope benthos, particularly at the deeper depths, are slowgrowing, slow adapting, and sparse, and appear to operate on a somewhatdifferent system than the shallow water benthos . (See Chapter 7 .3) .Disruption of this system through commercial operations of any kindshould follow only after its consequence to the benthic community isbetter understood .
10.2 SPORT FISHERIES
10.2 .1 INTRODUCTION
Sport fishing along the north and middle Atlantic coasts is a popularand valuable recreation which has boomed since World War II with theincrease in leisure time and money . Salt water angling is a diversesport, ranging from shore fishing on beaches, docks, and jettys to daytrips on the open ocean . Most activity, however, is limited to the in-ner waters of the continental shelf because this reqion is more acces-sible to fishermen and because most sport fish are species of thecoastal waters . Fish such as striped bass, weakfish, bluefish, andmackerel, are abundant close in shore during the warmer months whenmost sport fishing activity occurs, so there is little need for fisher-men to venture further than the inner shelf area .
Until 1960, very little was known of the catch and effort from sportfishing activity along the Atlantic coast . A number of localizedstudies, principally biological in nature, had been done on particularimportant species such as the striped bass, but little effort had beenmade to analyze the nature of the fishery itself in terms of total catchand value . This lack of information limited the effectiveness of re-source management programs for marine sportfish . A series of coast-wide surveys (Clark, 1962 ;Deuel and Clark, 1968; and Deuel, 1973) fi-nally gave resource managers some information to work with .
Jensen (1974) has summarized much of the informat'on that is known ofthe recreational fishery of the north and middle Atlantic States . Thedata revealed that anglers numbered in the millions and that the catchesof some 79 sportfish species numbered in the millions of pounds . Insome cases, i .e. striped bass, the recreational catch is equal to orgreater than the commercial catch . In short, the sport fishery has be-come "big business" and is an important part of tne economy of manycoastal communities .
10-74
•~. _
10 .2 .2 THE TOTAL FISHERY
The North Atlantic coast (Maine through New York) and the Middle Atlan-tic Coast (New Jersey to Cape Hatteras) represent somewhat distinctsportfishing regions . Jensen (1974) has summarized the recent surveyinformation (Table 10-10) . The sport catch of the North Atlantic regionincreased dramatica11 ;7 in 1960 through 1965 and then decreased slightly1965 to 1970. Conversely, in the Middle Atlantic area, the catch de-creased in 1965 to 1970 and then increased dramatically in 1970 to 1975 .In 1970, 3 .4 million anglers caught 513 .7 million pounds per combinedregions . Applying an average retail value of 50t per pound to thecatch, the total food value in 1970 was 256 .9 mill-ion dollars . In ad-dition, the anglers contributed, in terms of money spent on the sport,438 .6 million dollars to the local economy of the northeast coastalarea . The marine recreation catch for the latest survey year (1970)is shown for the more offshore species in Table 10-11 .
OFFSHORE SPORT FISHERY
A respectable percentage of the sport fishing effort is directed be-yond the immediate coastline . Of the total number of anglers thatfish along the north Middle Atlantic Coast, 67 percent fish from boatsand 44 percent of these fish in the open ocean (Jerisen, 1974) . However,an overwhelming percentaqe of the sport catch is from within 30 miles ofthe coast and what fishing there is on the outer shelf areas is limitedto effort for the larger game fish, i .e . tuna, bilifishes, and largesharks (David Decel, personal co^munication) . Maiiy popular sport fish-ing areas offshore are those that were originally corrgnercial fishingareas before the advent of the otter trawl . The bottom is usuallyrough and not suitable for tr4wling, but yields large catches for theangler. The major regions of sport fishing activity along the NorthAtlantic coast are shown in Figure 10-18, and listed in Table 10-12, alongwith the principal species caught at those locations . A general listingof a sport fish of the northeast coast is in Table 10-13 .
Sport fishery records are very scanty at best, and to separate the sportfishing activity on the continental slope from the rest of the offshorearea is beyond the capacity of the data . The main areas of recreationalfishing are well within the edge of the continental shelf . Most of themajor coastal and offshore grounds (Figure 10-18) are distributed be-tween southern New England and New Jersey . The only major sport fish-ing associated with the continental slope that was mentioned by Jensen(1974) was for tilefish in the Hudson Canyon .
An active sport fishery exists for the larger pelagic fishes ; bluefin,tuna, white marlin, and swordfish, principally along the Middle AtlanticCoast . These fishes are abundant in the shelf and slope waters duringthe summer, and particularly so at the heads of submarine canyons, whereless saline coastal waters mix with more saline oceanic waters . Parti-cularly important areas are the canyons from Norfolk to Hudson .
10-75
Table 10-10 . Number of a nglers and pounds of fish (both in thousands)caught in the Sport fisheries off the northeast coast in1960, 1965 and 1970 (Jensen, 1974)
Region 1960 1965 1970
North AtlanticNumber of anglers 1,160 1,530 1,666Pounds of fish 183,740 316,360 267,451
Middle AtlanticNumber of anglers 1,344 1,375 1,767Pouhds of fish 178,000 128,288 246,267
TotalNumber of anglers 2,504 2,905 3,433Pounds of fish 361,740 444,648 513,718
10-75
,
Table 10-11 . The U .S . marine recreational catch of offshore finfish forthe North and Middle Atlantic (U .S . Dept. of Cocmerce . 1975)
S ecies North Atlantic Middle Atlantic
Bilifishes - 717
Bluefish 50,161 49,720
Bonitos - 282
Haddock 2,528 -
Hake, red - ' 904
Hake, silver (whiting) 659 1,436
Mackerels, Atlantic 41,482 29,250
Tunas 3,711 885
r
10-77
4`
KY)
~1
~ .
TRIGOM0-7~; ~,
is
tS~
-_:-.-------"'_- .---_i
~
• . . .-• . V
1~
• C• . .
Boston 3~ .". .7#~`
4 . - i•1 y s3_~~
~ew L~' d 5 11'ork a
76
12~~ar ~~1s 1$ ~
~ ~~nf
~~ ~`Fu
.^V. i L `
ENVIRONMENTAI INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL StOPE
FIGt1RE The North Atlantic and "tiddle Atlantic Regions .~yumbers refer to fishina grounds as listed in
10-18 • able 10-12 (Jensen, 1974) .
Table 10-11 . Some major coastal and offshore grounds fished by saltwater anglers in the northeast(Jensen, 1974) .
\
Name* Shore Refere nce Principal Species Sought
(1) Jeffreys Led~e - 25 miles east of Portsmouth, N.H .-
Pollachius virensUrophycis chussUro phyci s tenuisMorone saxatilisCentropristis striataLo holatilus chamaeleonticepsPomatomus sa tatrixCoryphaena hippurusStenotomus chrysopsCynoscion rea-Ti5Leiostomus xanthurusaut~oaa onitisScomber scombrus
unnus aa 1 ungauT~ nnus spp .
~X p'-Tiius gladiusetT rapurus- aTT~iidusara ic _ys enTa-tusHippoglossus h ippo ossusPseudop euc-onectes americanusp oero~ es macuTatus
1e-8o
..~ ~- ... , -
, . ~~
. 1 . I~ .:- i ., .
i Mather, Mason, and Clark ( 1974) have reviewed the sport fishery for; ; white marlin and state that, although the commercial long-line fishery; is active for this species beyond the continental shelves, most of the
sport fishermen fish about 1 km off the coast t c the edge of the ccn-• tinental shelf . However, sport fishermen from Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras
do travel as far as 130 km offshore to the canycns along the edge ofthe continental shelf . The major center of abundance for white marlin
` is from Cape Hatteras to off Atlantic City . The limited sport fisher-iesies beyond the shelf edge are probably true for tuna and swordfish aswell . There is no way to determine the effort or catch of these spe-cies from the slope waters . An idea of the size of the sportfishingeffort in the Middle Atlantic region can be obtained in Table 10-11 .
Considering t he size of some of the larger sport fish vessels (up to: 31 .70 m) that operate in the Middle Atlantic area, it is quite likely
that excursions are made to the shelf edge all along the coast ofsouthern New England to Cape Hatteras, especially towards Cape Hatteraswhere the shelf edge moves closer to the coast . Probably there is notmuch fishing activity at all in the euter edge of Georges Bank .
The recreational fishery at the edge of the shelf is probably highly+ seasonal . The species of fish that are generally caught in the region
(i .e ., tuna, billfishes ) are seasonal migrants which show up only dur-" ing the warmer months . Also, general winter weather conditions in the
offshore area would probably dampen enthusiasm of even the hardiestangler .
~ 10.3 DATA GAPS
As we have pointed out in this chapter, the manner in which commercialcatch data for the Northeast Region is gathered precludes a direct assess-
~ ment of the continental slope fisheries . The annual catch , its seascn-alityality and its value can be described only in terms of the statistical areas
:_- --- ; for which the catch is recorded, and because these statistical areas com-binebine both slope and shelf fishery grounds, it is not practical to in-corporate these data . The commerical and sport :pecies taken in the study
j area have been identified in this chapter and their importance relativeto the shelf fishery has been discussed . To completely assess the slope
~ fishery, however, would require a revision of the methods used to collect~ statistical data .
. F~ It can be argued that those commercial species that are caught, both on the .
• shelf and slope, are from common stocks and therefore there is not muchadvantage, from a management standpoint, to separately analyze these fisheries .
J~ It is probably of greater importance to fill in the gaps on the commercial~ fisheries on those species that can be identified more or less exclusively
as a slope resource, i .e . lobster, red crab, or other potential endemicresources . To assess the impact of the fishing -I rcdustry on these resourcesrequires adequate catch statistics and population assessments - activities
1' that come under the jurisdiction of the National Marine Fisheries ServiceNortheast Center .~ .
Clark, J .R. 1952 . The 1960 salt-water angling survey . U .S . Dept .Interior, Bur. Sport Fish, and Wildl . Circ. 153 . 36 p .
Deuel, D .G. 1973 . The 1970 salt-water angling survey . U .S . Dept .Commerce, Nat . Mar. Fish . Serv ., CFS 6200 .
(personal communication, 1975) . Nat . Mar. Fish . Serv.,Narragansett, R .I .
Deuel, D.G. and J .R . Clark. 1968 . The 1965 salt-water angling sur-vey . U .S. Fish . and Wildl . Serv ., Bur . Sport Fish and Wildl ., Res .Publ . 67. 51 p.
Gordon, W .C . 1974 . Talk given at the API conference on fish and oilat sea . Boston, Mass .
International Commission for Northwest Atlantic Fisheries . 1975 . Mis-cellaneous unpublished tabulations of catch statistics Subarea 5and Statistical Area 6 . Int . Comm. for Northwest Atl . Fish. (ICNAF) .
Jensen, A .C . 1974 . Sport fisheries and offshore oil . N .Y . Fish andGame, 21(2) : 105-116 .
' Lux, F.E., W.D . Handwork, and A. Rathjen . 1974. The potential for anoffshore squid fishery in New England . Mar . Fish . Rev ., 36(12) :24-27 .
Mather, F .J . III, J .M . Mason, and H .L . Clark . 1974 . Migrations of whitemarlin and blue marlin in the western North Atlantic Ocean : taggingresults since May, 1970 . Nat. Mar . Fish . Serv . Sci . Rep . Fish .675: 211-225 .
McRae, G.D. 1960. Lobster exploration on the continental shelf andslope of the northeast coast of the U .S . Commer. Fish . Rev ., 22(9) :1-7 .
Rathjen, W.F . 1973 . Northwest Atlantic squids . Mar. Fish . Rev ., 35(12) :20-26 .
074 . New England fisheries development program. Mar . Fish .Rev ., 30(11) : 23-29 .
Sakagawa, G .T . 1975 . The purse-seine fishery for bluefin tuna in the' northwestern Atlantic Ocean . Mar. Fish . Rev., 37(3) : 1-8 .
Skud, B .E . and H .C . Perkins . 1969 . Size composition, sex ratio, andsize at maturity of offshore northern lobsters . U .S . Fish . Wildl .Serv. Soec . Sci . Rep . Fish . , 598 .
10-82
~
.,. .
t
~i
i. . . ~
' The Research Institute of the Gulf of Maine ( TRIGOM) . 1974 . A socio-c economic and environmental inventory of the North Atlantic region .
/ Prepared for Bur. Land Manage ., Washington, D.C . 8 v. 4,900 p .
~ U.S . Department of Commerce . 1970 . Fishery statistics of the UnitedStates . Statist . Digest No . 63 . Statist, and Market News Div .,Nat. Mar . Fish . Serv., Washington, D.C . 474 p .
-1971 . Fishery statistics of the United States . Statist .
l Digest No . 64, Statist . and Market News Div ., Nat . Olar . Fish . Serv .,Washington, D .C . 489 p .
. 1973 . Fisheries of the United States . Statist . and MarketNews Div ., Nat. Mar. Fish . Serv ., Washington, D.C . 92 p .
1974 . Fisheries of the United States . Statist. and Market' News Div ., Nat. Mar . Fish . Serv ., Washington, D.C . 98 p .
~~ . 1974 . Foreign fleet surveillan ce summaries, January toDecember, 1974 . Nat . Mar. Fish . Serv . j Washington, D .C .
1975 . New England fishery interviews . Northeast . Fish .Center Statist . and Market News Div ., Nat . Mar. Fish . Serv .,1 and 2 .
~ 1975 . Fisher i es of the United States . Statist, and MarketNews Div ., Nat . Mar . Fish . Serv ., Washington, D .C . 100 p .
; .J Wigley, R .L ., R .B . Theroux, and H .E . Murray. 1975. Deep sea red crabs,Geryon uin uedens, survey off northeastern United States . Mar .Fish . Rev ., 37(8 1-21 .
11 .4 .8 Buoyed Arrays and Bottorrrf4ounted Hardware 11-82
11 .4 .9 References 11-88
APPENDIX 11-1
11-3
~~t
. . 11.0 OCEAN TRANSPORT AND HAZARD AREAS
11 .1 INTRODUCTION
' : This chapter deals with trade routes crossing the continental slope area andman-made hazards that pose a threat to ocean transportation, explora-tion, or deep-sea construction . While there is a considerable amount
-' of data concerning major ports and cargo transport on the Eastern Sea-board (i .e . storage facilities, cargo handling capabilities, port de-velopment,-and coastal .pilot_quides), there is less published informa-tion concerning transportation and shipoing routes in terms of theslope itself . Much of the available information is in the form ofcharts such as the monthly Pilot Charts of the North Atlantic and theCoast and Geodetic Survey charts, issued by the National Oceanic andAtmospheric Administration .
11 .2 SHIPPING LANES
1
- ,,.
11 .2 .1 BACKGROUND
The Merchant Marine Act of 1936 stipulates that the United Statesshould establish and mainta4n "an adequate and well-balanced merchantfleet", which includes "vessels of all types, to provide shipping ser-vices on all routes essential for maintaining the flow of foreign com-merce of the United States (McDowell and Gibbs, 1954) . The MaritimeAdministration was established by the ReorganizaJon Plan Number 21 of1950 to determine the ocean services, routes, and lines for ports inthe United States to foreign markets which are essential to our foreigncommerce (U .S . Department of Commerce, 1975) . The result of these actshas been a system of routes known as "essential trade routes" .
The foremost factor in determining oceangoing routes is the relation-ship between the iocation of the exporting area in respect to the over-seas market destination . When this relationship is determined, theroute between them is essentially the shortest distance between twopoints . Other factors influencing the selection of routes include :(1) the advantages of certain natural harbors as opposed to other coast-al areas, (2) the locations of ports with facilities adequate for hand-ling specific types of incoming ships and cargos, (3) the southern lim-its of icebergs at different times of the year, and (4) the influenceof the Gulf Stream . Charted or plotte3 routes may vary to some degree ow-ing to the influence of winds, currents, bad weather, poor steering, ora combination of these factors . Routes are also subject to economicmanipulations . In other words, a vessel at sea may be instructed tochange course and sail to a port offering a more economically advanta-geous market . From time to time, variations in supply, demand, andcompetition considerably disrupt the usual geographic patterns of pro-duction and trade (McDowell and Gibb, 1954) . However, dry cargo ves-sels will generally follow more consistent routes than tankers
11- 4
, -~ . ~
~!~
it' (D. G . Mellor, personal Communication) .
11 .2.2 ESSENTIAL TRADE ROUTES
Thirty-one major or essential trade routes have been determined by theMaritime Administration . Cf the 31, 15 are the arrival/departure
"~ routes to/from East Coast ports and, ; consequently, cross the Atlanticcontinental slope area ( See Figures 11-1 through 11-12) . These Atlan-tic routes are defined in Table 11-1 by the U .S . Department of Commerce,
"Ships operating on the routes to South Werica serve all the Uni-tedted States Atlantic norts from Maine to Florida (Boston to Jackson-ville)ville) while, for corrr.erce moving to and from Europe, the Atlantic
~ Coast is divided so that the western termini of Trade Routes 5through 10 consists of North Atlantic ports only ( that is, thoseas far south as Cape t :atteras) . All Atlantic Coast ports are uni-
/ ted again on Trade Route 12 for trade with the Far East . For Uni-ted States waterborne commerce to and from Australia, India, Ma-laya,laya, and Indonesia, the Atlantic and Gulf areas are combined onTrade Routes 16 through 18 to meet the needs of the traffic ."
These 15 routes have been further simplified by 9 . G . Mellor (personalcommunication) ; nto five basic patterns . Ship traffic to and fromarii! as other than those described below will be minimal .
( 1) major traffic flowing from/to South American (west coast) and theCaribbean ports follows two routes (Figure 11-13) . 3asically,these routes are Essential Trade Routes Saumbers 2 . 4, and 23 (Fig-uresures 11-2 and 11-3) .
(2) all ships, dry cargo, and tankers sailing from Gulf of Mexicoports to North Atlantic ports go through the Florida Straits (Es-sential Trade Route 19, Figure 11-3) . Therefore, there is a com-mon departure point approximately 10 miles eest of Miami whereships enter the Gulf Stream for extra speed northbound . Largefreiahters and tankers movinq southbound along the Atlantic Coasttravel close to the shore between Florida and the Gulf Stream . Inthe future, traffic may ta spe .: c;2d south by altering course r tobenefit from the influence of cold water• eddies . These are largebodies of water containing counterclockwise currents . More studiesmust be done to determine the frequency and characteristics of the
~ eddies before they can be put to use for shioping ( "Sea Technology",1973) .
,,s_ (3) vessels from all Northern European, English, Scandinavian, and Medi-terranean ports bound for U .S . East Coast ports will steer greatcircle routes ( Essential Trade Routes 5 through 9 ; Figures 11-4
= and 11-5) to approximately 50°i•J long itude where the routes merge-~
11-5
CANADA
V_
ft%Nft
•Prr.r w ~ ~rn.r l ~ „`~
1/~aw-
~ UNITED STATES w .T:
ol...M,. w ..., ~.~ ~.... ~, r
u. Ahr+ w:'w"'"'w+w 1
WLk. vue°n'.M'
~ `r- ~ (A.~10n ~` IV[I~ irM OMM
.\ YEXiGO
iri . .W .
\\\ Mv.~wa Mv~• \\e;rr Z..J•Anr ~.
.,,.,. .
'N...4aa~.~ Q \~~ \
~ ~---. 2
~. ~. \
\\ SOUTH AN
~ -- \ r.n•. ..
~..a.
UNITED STATES ESSENTIALFOREIGN TRADE ROUTESTrade Route Between
NO. i ~U S. ATLANTIC s...a rs. c~•.~ . ...~ .. ~PORTS
,.
NO. 20 U . S. GULF PCRTS ~NO. 24 U. S. PACIFIC PORI S
ond 1EAST COAST SOUTM
A14IEPtCA ~ ~\ ~.
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
TR 1 GOM F IGURE Essential Trade Route No . 1 (U .S . Dept . of11-1 Commerce, 1975)
Table 11-1 . Essential trade routes (U .S . Dept . of Commerce, 1975)
Trade RouteNo. Description
1 U.S . Atlantic/East Coast South Amer ica . Between U .S . At-lantic ports Maine-Atlantic Coast Floi•ida to 5ut not in-cluding Key West) and ports ia Brazil, -"araguay, Uraguay,and Argentina .
2 U.S . Atlantic/West Coast South Ame rica . Between U .S . At-lantic ports (Maine-Atlantic Coast Floride to but not in-cluding Key West) and ports in Pacific Coast %:olumbia,Ecuador, Peru, and Chile .
4 U.S . Atlantic/Caribbean . Between U .S . Atlantic portsMaine-Atlantic Coast Florida to but not includinq KeyWest) and parts in the Gulf of Mexico and the CaribbeanSea (Ilexico-Frencii Guiana, inclusive), all islands of theCaribbean and West (except Puerto Rico) the Bahama Is-lands, and Bermuda .
5-7-8-9 U .S . North Atlantic/Western Europe . Between U .S . North' Atlantic ports (Maine-Virginia, inclusive) and parts of
the United Kingdom, Republic of Ireland, and ContinentalEurope (Germany south of Denmark to northern border toPortugal) .
6 U .S. North Atlantic/Scandinavia and Baltic . BetweenU .S. North Atlantic ports (Maine-Virginia, inclusive)and ports in Scandinavia and Baltic ceLntries and theintermediate islar.ds of Iceland, Greenland, and Newfound-land .
10 U.S . North Atlant ic/Mediterranean . Between U .S . NorthAtlantic ports Maine-'.'irainia, inclusive) ancd ports inPortugal, Spain south of Portugal, Atlantic Morocco, and
, the Mediterranean Sea (including the Adrip.tic Sea, AegeanSea, Black Sea, and other seas which are arms of the Med-iterranean) .
12 U.S. Atlantic/Far East . Between U .S . Atlantic ports(Maine-Atlantic Coast Florida to but not including KeyWest) and ports in Japan, Taiwan, Phillipines, and theContinent of Asia from the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-public public to Thailand, inclusive .
14 U.S . Atlantic and Gulf/Wes t Africa . Between U .S . Atlan-tic and Gulf ports (Maine-Texas, inclusive) and ports onthe West Coast of Africa from the southern border ofMorocco to the southern border of Angola, including Ma-deira, Canary, Cape Verde, and other islands adjacent tothe West African Coast .
15-A U.S . Atlantic/South and Eas t Africa . Between U .S . Atlan-tic ports Maine-Atlantic Coast Florida to but not inclu-ding Key West) and ports on South and East Africa fromthe southern border of Angola to Cape Guardafui in theSor^ali Republic, including the islands of Ascension andSt . Helena in the South Atlantic, the Malagasy Republic,and adjacent islands in the India Ocean not east of 600Elongitude .
16 U .S . Atlantic and Gulf/Australia an d New Zealand . Be-tween U .S . Atlantic and Gulf ports Maine-T-xas, inclu-sive) and ports in Australia, New Zealand ew Guinea,arid South Sea Islands within the general area .
17 U :S . Atlan tic, Gulf, and Pacific/Indonesia, Malaysia ,and Singapore . Between U .S . Atlantic, Gulf and PacificCoast ports, and ports in Indonesia, Malaysia (Malaya,Sarawak, and Sabah), Singapore, and Brunei .
18 U.S . Atlantic and Gulf/India , Persi an Gulf, an' Red Sea .Between U .S . Atlantic and Gulf ports Maine-Texas, inclu-sive) and ports in Southwest Asia from Suez to Burma, in-clusive, and Africa on the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden .
I-
11-'L0
.~ _ .
before sailing by rhumb line into coastal waters . (A rhumb lineis a curve which crosses all meridians at a constant angle and isbasically a straight line on a mercator chart) .
Vessels departing East Coast ports bound for Northern Europe, Enq-land, Scandinavia, or Mediterranean will follow rhumb lines toapproximately 50°W longitude depending upon which essential trade
1 route is required . For example, using Track "C" eastbound, asspecified in Table 11-2, a ship from Portland, Maine, would pro-ceed to latitude 42°N, longitude 50°W (by way of Cape Sable) ; aship from Boston would proceed direct to 42°N latitude, 50°W lon-gitude ; a ship frcm New York to Philadelphia would proceed via Nao-tucket Lightship, a ship from Norfolk would proceed direct to lat-titude 42°N, longitude 50°W .
Due to ice conditions which endanger shipping at various times ofthe year, the North Atlantic Track Agreement was formed in 1898 .Under this Agreement, t?orth Atlantic Lane Routes were specified(Table 11-2, Figure 11-15) . Although J :nsmore (1972) states thatthe Track Agreement was abrogated in 1970 by shipoing companieswho felt that modern communication minimized the ice hazard,Lt . Ketchem (personal communication) reports that the majority ofvessels still observe the ice season routes . North Atlantic LaneRoutes will generally be observed on Essential Trade Routes Num-bers 5 throigh 10 .
Vessels bound for or leaving East Coast ports avoid sailing intothe Georncs Bank area since this is usually congested with fishingvessels . Heavily loaded tankers, in particular, avoid proximitvwith equally unmaneuverable fishing trawls .
Eastbound vessels travel to a point at 42°N, 50°W for 'he follow-ing reasons : ( 1) when shipping lines were first set up to savetravel time, this point was mathematically determined as the pointwhere the Great Circle Route across the Atlantic should begin, and(2) from this point westward to the United States coast, a greatcircle route is impractical . From 42°N, 50° W westward, dead rec-koning and rhumb line sailing are used . Electronic navigation,"Iron Mike" (Loran, Direction Finding, beacons - fathometer, toname a few) is used by merchant ships in the open sea (RetiredChief Petty Officer Stan Frank, personal communication) .
(4) Recife, Brazil, or more exactly, Cato de Sao Roque, is the depar-ture/arrivalture/arrival point used in South American (East Coast) traffic to/from North American ports . Traffic follows a great circle routeto/from this area (Essential Trade Route 1, Figure 11-1) .
Table 11-2 . North Atlantic lane routes (U .S . Naval Oceanographic .Qff4j&e,n .d)
In compliance with Article 39 of the International Convention for theSafety of Life at Sea, revised by the North Atlantic Track Agreement,January, 1950, vessels should follow, as far as circumstances will per-mit, the North Atlantic lane routes which are as follows :
UNITED STATES - TRACK "A" (extra southern) will only be brought intooperation when necessity arises .
Eastbound . - From the position in latitude 40°10'N, longitude 70°00'W,or from Boston Lignt Vessel (Boston Lightship is noored at latitude42°20 .4'N, longitude 70°45 .5'W), steer by rhumb line to cross the mer-idian of 47°00'W in latitude 39°30'N, and from this latter positionnothing north of the great circle to Fastnet or Bishop Rock (Off Ire-land and England) .
Westbound . - From Fastnet or Bishop Rock, steer by great circle, butnothing south, to cross the meridian of 47°00'W, in latitude 40°30'Nthence by rhumb line to a position south of Nantucket Light Vessel orto Boston Light Vessel when bound for that port .
TRACK "B" (southern) will be used from April 11 to June 30, both daysinclusive, except when ice conditions necessitate the use of Trace "A" .
Eastbound . - From the position in latitude 40°10'N, longitude 70°00'W,or from Boston Light Vessel, steer by rhumb line to cross the meridianof 47°00'W, in latitude 40°30'N, and from this latter position nothingnorth of the great circle to Fastnet or Bishop Rock .
Westbound . - From Fastnet or Bishop Rock, steer by the great circle,but nothing south, to cross the meridian of 47°00'W, in latitude 41000'W, in latitude 41°30'N, thence by rhumb line to a position south ofNantucket Light Vessel or to Boston Light Vessel when bound for thatport .
TRACK "C" (northern) will be used from July 1 to April 10, both daysinclusive, except when ice conditions necessitate the use of Track "B" .
Eastbound . - From the position in latitude 40°10'N, longitude 70°00'W,or from Boston Light Vessel, steer by rhumb line to cross the meridianof 50°00'W, in latitude 42°00'N, thence by rhumb line to a positionsouth of Nantucket Light Vessel or to Boston Light Vessel when boundfor that port .
GENERAL INSTRUCTI0NS . - Vessels bound to or from United States portscalling at Halifax or St . John, New Brunswick, have the option of fol-lowing either the Canadian or United States Seasonal Tracks to or fromthose ports, passing 40 miles south of Sable Island westbound, and 60miles south of Sable Island eastbound, when proceeding on United States
Tracks and Canadian Track "D" . When proceeding on Canadian Track "E"or "F" via Halifax, ships pass north of Sable Island both eastbound ?ndwestbound .
(Note) See General Instructions regarding Canadian Tracks for vesselsbound to or from the north of Ireland .
Vessels bound direct to Portland, Maine, may follow the Canadian Season-al Tracks .
When courses are changed from Great Circle to rhumb line or vice versaany time before or after noon, commanders must note in their logs bothdistances to and from that point of alteration, and not the distancefrom the position at noon of the day before to the position at noon theday after that meridian is crossed .
The date on which Tracks change is to apply to the meridian of Fastnetfor westbound vessels and to the meridian of 70°00'W for eastbound ves-sels . Ships passing these positions before the applicable date ofchanging Tracks will not alter Tracks, except when changes are made froma northern to a southern Track owing to the presence of ice, in whichcase the change should be made forthwith, having due regard to thecrossing situation .
Communications on general Track matters between the British Lines willpass through Cunard White Star, Ltd . The Holland-America Line willcommunicate with the Continental Lines, excepting that, during the iceseason the Cunard White Star, Ltd . will communicate direct with all lines .
With regard to proposals for any changes in Tracks owing to the preva-lance of ice, the Cunard White Star, Ltd . in Liverpool _V?* ll communicatewith the lines by telegraph as to the data on which changes are to be-come operative . Lines undertake to give immediate instructions to theirsteamers in accordance with such advises .
(Note) When these Tracks are in operation the directions given undertheir respective heads should be followed . The Tracks,and their effec-tive dates will be found on the April Pilot Chart of the North AtlanticOcean, and any changes other than those scheduled are given publicity byHydrolants, the Daily Memorandum, and Notice to Mariners, issued by theUnited States Naval Oceanographic Office .
CANADA - TRACK "D" will be used from February 15 to April 10, both daysinclusive .
Eastbound . - From Halifax or other ports steer to pass 60 miles south ofSable Island, cross the meridian of 50000'W, in latitude 42°00'N, thenceby Great Circle to Inishtrahull, Fastnet, or Bishop Rock .
Westbound . - From Inishtrahull, Fastnet, or Bishop Rock, steer by GreatCircle to cross the meridian of 50°00'W , in latitude 43°00'N, thenceto Halifax or other port, passing not less than 40 miles south of SableIsland .
TRACK "E" will be used from April 11 to May 15 or until the Cape Raceroute is clear of ice, and from December 1 to February 14 .
Eastbound . - From Halifax or the Gulf of St . Lawrence, steer to crossthe meridian of 50°00'W, in latitude 45°25'N, thence by ureat .Circle toInishtrahull, Fastnet, or Bishop Rock .
Westbound . - From Inishtrahull, Fastnet, or Bisho, Rock steer by areatCircle to cross the meridian of 50°00'W, in latitude 45a55'N, thence toHalifax or the Gulf of St. Lawrence when open to navigation .
(Note) The Donaldson Line reserves the right to cross longitude 45Nin latitude 45°N on this track .
TRACK "F" will be used from May 16 to the opening of the Belle IsleRoute, and to November 30 when not using the Belle Isle Route .
Eastbound . - From Halifax or the Gulf of St . Lawrence, steer to a nosi-tion in latitude 46°12'N, longitude 53°05'W, thence on a course 10 nilessouth of the 3reat Circle until approaching Inishtrahull, Fastnet, orBishop Rock .
Westbound . - From Inishtrahull, Fastnet, or Bishop Rock, steer on acourse 10 miles north of the Great Circle until approaching Cape Race,then steer a course to position latitude 46°27', in longitude 53°05'W,thence to Halifax or the Gulf of St . Lawrence .
TRACK "G" will be used from the opening of the Straits of Belle Isle toNovember 14 .
Eastbound . - From Belle Isle, steer on a course 10 miiles south of theGreat Circie until approaching Inishtrahull, Fastnet, or Bishop huck .
Westbound . - From Inishtrahull, Fastnet, or Bishop Rock, steer on acourse 10 miles north of the Great Circle until approaching Belle Isle .
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS . - Vessels bound to or from United States portsfrom or to the north of Ireland have the option of following either theUnited States or Canadian Seasonal Tracks "D", "E", and "F", remainingon Track "F" during the operative d,'-es of Track "G" .
On Tracks "E" and "F", vessels pass 40 miles south of Sable Island west-bound, thence to a position south of Nantucket Light Vessel, sr.d east-bound from position 40°10'N, in 70°00'W to position 60 miles south ofSable Island .
On Track "D" westbound proceed by rhumb line fr om position 43°GO'N, in50°00'W to gosition south of Nantucket Light Vessel, and eastbound fromposition 40 i0'N, in 70°00 "d to pos i tion 42°00'N, in 50°00 "d . :) -
Commanderc, on encounterino ice, have permission to devidte from these ~Tracks ar,d, after the end of October, ! _ z the Belle Isle for the more ;southerly route at their discre 'L- o ::, according to wedther conditions. ~
Should vessels on Track "C" bound to or from the United States deviate ~to Track "B" on account of ice, Canadian vessels will remain on Track"D" for the period prescribed, but will have the option of deviating #as r.ecessary in the vicinity of ice areas .
iThe lines hav2 the option of c r:tfnuing the use of the Bel :e Isle Routeafter November 14, should they wish to do so .
,
<
1 +
et/. . .-
~ ~/
. .
f
; -
.~ •
~- '
L ' .
~
55
50
4S
40
iS 60 55 50 ~~
or ! I' , i ~ : ~ ~
541
___. __. r. . . _r_ _~.
j ;^RtG0M OPENltiG ~TRAlT C= ~~ELLE ISLE J! TO' NOV 14 ' I
•~ ~ i t 1 I ! ~
I I ~~ ! ,- • i - -~-- t -*--~- ~ i
' 50
~•}/ .
•'o~ ` I` ! I NEWFOUN'JLAND
t ~ to"~J?
!/ r' I
~~ E/~1'lr, j,t: .i~ .45NON
..qPRll! 10!
, . . , , . .' --:---:-- ' - ~ !! APR~~
--- ~ rfLt1 T;O JUNc3-Cl : ~
_~ ! __~ I i ~ i i I I I f 40
LH n t ~ ,( _9t?r! ~ ECcSS I TYi An 'ISES ~
~~ ---- -t .NVIRONMENTAt INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SICPE ~
TR I GOM F IGURE Plorth Atlant'c Lane Routes (U .S . Coast11-14 Guard, n .d .).~!
11-2b
.t
(5) all traffic to/from South and East Africa, Persian Gulf, and IndianOcean ports usesthe Cape of Good Hope (Capetown, South Africa) asthe departure/arrival point to/from North Atlantic ports . Vesselsproceed in a great circle route (Essential Tradt Route Number 15-A,Figure 11-9) as long as the track is clear of obstructions such asland masses, shoals, islands, etc . (Sherman G . Sawyer, personalcommunication) .
11 .2 .3 SLOPE CROSSING
In terms of the aforementioned patterns, certain areas can be determinedas the approximate locations where vessels will cross the slope area .
_- The Pilot Charts of the North Atlantic Ocean, wiiich are issued monthlyby the National Oceanic and AtmosFneric Administration, show several es-sential trade routes crossing the slope . The routes are summarized in
~ Table 11-3 .
PORTLAN7
Vessels from Scandinavia, Northern Europe, England or the Mediterrane-an proceed by Great Circle Route to 43°00'N, 50°00'W, cross the slopeat 43°20'N, 61°00'41, and proceed into Portland . Vessels leaving Port-land proceed by rhumb line to 42°00'N, 50°00'iJ by way of Cape Sable .Vessels travel by Great Circle from that point to Scandinavia, NorthernEurope, England, or the Mediterranean .
BOSTON
Two routes are shown at Boston . Vessels coming from England, NorthernEurope, the Scandinavian countries, or the Mediterranean proceed to lat-itude 43°00'N, longitude 50°00'W, and thence by rhumb line into the
- port of Boston, crossing the slope area at approximately latitude42°30'N, longitude 66o00'W . Vessels leaving Boston for England, North-
,-~ ern Europe, the Scandinaviar. countries, or the Mediterranean cross the, slope at latitude 42°10'N, longitude 65040'W and proceed to latitude
~ 42°00'N, longitude 50°00'W before taking the desired track across theNorth Atlantic . Vessels bound for the Gulf of Mexico, east or westcoasts of South America or points west, proceed to Nantucket Lightship,crossing the slope at that point, then continuing to their destination .Vessels bound for South Africa follow a great circle route, but trafficto/from South America is minimal (Captain Walter Folger, personal com-munication) . For this reason, the routes are not shown on Figure 11-15 .
NEW YORK
. Six routes run to/from New York and will be abbreviated to NY1, NY2,• etc. Vessels on NY1 proceed by Great Circle Route from Northern Europe,
England, Scandinavia, or the Mediterranean to latitude 43°OC'N, longi-tude 50°00'W, crossing the slope at approximately latitude 4i°00'N,longitude 56°40'W, and into the port of New York . Vessels on iiY2 leave
New York, converge with a route from Cape May at latitude 40°10'N, lon-gitude 70000'W, cross the slope at approximately latitude 40°20'N, lon-gitude 67040'W, and continue to latitude 42°00'N, longitude 50°00'Wwhere the appropriate track is chosen . Vessels on NY3 travel on a greatcircle route bound for the Cape of Good Hope and the East, crossing theslope at approximately latitude 39°50'W, longitude 72°00'W . Vessels onNY4, the route for westbound, low powered vessels to Gilbraltar, crossthe slope at latitude 39°50'W, longitude 72°10'W and proceed to 36°00'N,65°00'W for the voyage across the North Atlantic . Vessels on NY5 boundfor the East Coast of South America, cross the slope at approximatelylatitude 39°20'N, longitude 72°20'W . Vessels on NY6 bound for the westcoast of South America and points west, cross the slope at about lati-tude 38°00'N, longitude 74°00'W .
PHILADELPHIA - CAPE MAY
Vessels on the route into the Philadelphia - Cape May area proceed by •' rhumb line from latitude 43°00'N, longitude 50°00'W, cross the slope at
~ approximately latitude 39°30'"1, longitude 72°20''W, proceed to Nantucketr Shoals and thence into the Philadelphia - Cape May area . Vessels pro-
ceeding from Philadelghia - Cape May travel by rhumb ?ine to latitude40°10 % longitude 70 00'W, crossing the slope at latitude 39°2G ; N,longitude 72°20'W, proceed to latitude 42°00'il, longitude 50°00'W forthe voyage across the North Atlantic . The greater percentage .)f vesselswill be on one of these two routes, though there is some traffic fromSouth Africa and the West and East Coasts of South America .
NORFOLK - CAPE HENRY
The routes are not shown on the Pilot Chart of the North Atlantic, butsince a vessel from Norfolk proceeds by rhumb line directly to latitude42°00'N, longitude 50°00'W (Sherman Sawyer, personal communication) be-fore crossing the North Atlantic for English, Northern European, Scan-dinavian or Mediterrdnean points, the area of crossing the slope can bedetermined as latitude 37Q9_0'N longitude 74°30'W . Vessels bound forNorfolk proceed to latitude 43a00'N, longitude 50°00'W, then travel di-rectly to Norfolk by rhumb line, crossing the slope at approximatelylatitude 31°30'iJ, longitude 74010'W . Vessels traveling to/from Africaproceed by steering a great circle route .
In summary, vessels proceeding eastward from a U .S . East Coast port fol-low recommended traffic separation routes (as shown on Coast and Geodet-ic Survey charts, 1200 and 1100 Series) as well as coastal regulationsas specified in a series entitled "Coastal Pilot of the Atlantic Coast",published by National Ocean Survey . Any changes, hazards, etc .,are up-dated in "Notices to Mariners" issued by Defense Mapping Agency, Hydro-
- graphic Center.
11-31
n .
Vessels proceed by rhumb line out of coastal waters either to 50°W lon-; gitude or to points specified in North Atlantic Lane Routes (Table 11-2)
during ice conditions . Vessels bound for West or South Africa, or theeast or west coasts of South America, will proceed direct (barring ob-stacles) in a great circle route . In general, these routes are referredto as thr essential trade routes .
11 .3 FREQUENCY OF TRAVEL
According to Robert Bryan (personal communication), there is littlehard data on frequency of travel along particular lanes in open water .Certain data do exist in the form of computer printouts and otherinformation is available from commercial shipping companies and theU .S . Coast Guard . Most of the data must be analyzed to extract thefrequency of vessel travel over the slope .
11 .3 .1 AVAILABLE DATA
MARITIME ASSOCIATION OF THE PORT'Q :' NEW YORK
The most comprehensive compilation of vessel activity for the East Coastof the U .S . is maintained by the Maritime Aisociation of the Port of NewYork . Coverage of commercial vessel traffic is maintained at 25 majorports of the United States . Data sdch as description of vessel, ship'sname, tonnage, flag, sailing date and time, previous port of call, berth,agent, destination, and departure times are available in the form of acomputer printout. A listing of commerci3l vessel activity can be suppliedwithin 24 hours of ship movement (F .F . Livingston, personal communication) .Printouts for one port, all 25, or a combination of ports can be obtainedfor a minimum of $100 for one month's listing . Sample pages of printout listir:gvessels according to date of arrival (Table 11-4) and by flag (Table 11-5)are part of a printout for the port of New York . This one :nonth's print-out details approximately 1,400 commercial vessel arrivals and departuresfor the month of July, 1975 .
At least a full year's listing should be obtained to have a rearesenta-tive compilation of information since various ports such as Baltimorea ;e subject to significant variation of port traffic during the wintermonths when other ports are not open or are not operating at their fullcapacity .
To analyze this data for commercial vessels, several steps must be taken :
(1) Since the arrival and departure ports for each vessel entering orleaving ports within the study area are known from the printoutsavailable fro,n the Maritime Asso :.iation of the Port of New York,the roite of travel (essential trade route) can be determined (i .e .a vessel depurting New York City bound for South Africa will travel
Taole 11-4 . Commercial vessel arrivals, New York City, July 1975 ( sample page ;* listed in order of arrival)Nr . .lITIr' .1SSCCr .1T10•'t CF PCRT Br vCSt YORK AR2iVAL5 01 NESt YORY. 8/15/75 ' PAG12 1
,,e ~ATYPE VESS[L TOliN4GE FLAG n AT f TI`I" PRCY BERTH AGEHT ~ 9
^>E
_
Jli! 1~ PO%T - +o~'
e °.< c1^ A~ c ?U~n SfTT1M0 OOCI,00 iTA 07/C1/ 0703 SEA STAPLETON V OMMEREN °'•^
: 'tyLLrl;IC Ct+AIL£NGER 0Cb^"0 f,S :w (~7/C ;17 : Cr•35 S1•ICaN 57 ST aKLYt; HELLENICJI L :y "3•`: :, K^!10 .J :•15 :0 LIR G7!,11/7i 1 . ;'i 0 1t~ :=AX 3 02 P/E _ . . .• ZIM ~ ~ .: .~ CcL ;J!°.'.: ; ~it',a ZE 4LAND 01,: GEO 07/ :) :!7 5 144 ) fr ;•LTAX CLOU nr.RiNE COIUr(SUS ~J2 ri •~rT'.'11' N .A . USA C7I .>1/7 : ,0?59 5 :•A P 5 BUSH STAP GAR ~IAt
„°
^1 TnTI1~ ; .1 004143 F~• : C`7/ . ;~/7~s 2z25 5"A FLATS AfL OSI- AS __ ~~:c At CC:1!aAY 0 :5 :73 LItS 0 7 ! :r1/l~ 1141 Cu~CA7 NO 1 ST BKLYN TANK SHIP
'ULTL• 004 Gf:P• 07/'.1/7 : 12?5 P,iILA P 6 nRLYN NOR LILLY .%I `:LA':') • i~7i14 f, :~ C7/~1/7i 1 : :2'3 GISIY :L B G P/F: ECUAOORIA4
01 4 3•'.b Ui1 C710 :175 : :!5 SNJOA?i B 58 P/E PR •IAR M, .Mlt': ='<^ ~^? .'~91 ^^( C7I(1/75 • 1~35 DHILA 57 ST t1RLYN HELLENIC
~1 :r. :'_ 1~ :L :6Y CE= 07l"'a/7i 1 ;)J :StLT7 , . P 42 :/R STAV F .^UIT0 : ft'%TA" :'V O2 t : .1? C7/C'1J7'i 1-3 : 1: ', ^,^L ' BETH HC'uCKEN SEA LAY.U:I 1t ;L'cf'= t TAR :i :53J OJT 1Z7.~l tIALt:AY. B 70 P E ATL CNTR. . C'"••'.1-°,I :. TADJ • i:C37G2 1 :0R 07/01/75 LSSi N : l P A tIC30V,EN . _ . BOISE CR _.
Cr.?~ : CZ 'J : :7 15 iG1526
;E4fi':RSE . . •• , 0C2212 P7:R r)71C217i 1245 BEI~:UT _ P A HCBUKEN BOISE GR . .G :'C- 1, :=5 51C,^•?7 LIB 071U2 1 :> 1215 ARU : ! A HESS P READING AM HESS
Ci Y :T ::1"R J~?!,31 t1FA C7/ :2/7i C70'J PTPRIN 39 ST 9Y.LYN ROYAL NFTH^2 L"'•tv 0tsLL 00435 uSA p :'I"?l'r : •~40J '•t"• J RL . . B 14 0 . wATERMIV
~ ~, : 'l~LL .Y F :3 :CF 0 : S,) z 8 USA C71 ;, ;.i7i 7255 HL'U ;TN SHELL SEWAREN KUrL'^' C C~:'t : . Or.57d1 USA 0'I•:?17 5 0 ;4 ?!lILA 23 ST 6XLYN MOORE HZ
OI : .541 CS1 C•'/s C53 3 un:t•'RG B 66 P/C ., . . U S LINES . .: 1 IL L :?.•1 :T:rUJ .: :, 7%0 i"J ; G7 ! "/75 :,?0 )P!•tPJ : P 1)2 "I/ .' MA^nCH
s'•f •". . v ~i'_ i l : ;t• '!7fi il• . i 1tLST .•i . 8 110 P E SEA LA130t' _ ..'"'' . 00 9 .10 J F!R1 C71(:7175 1 11: : PfI1LA P')b KLYN . BAR9EP.0 : 1 :'LA`: .'ICA G5?iCVA 0 .')%,75) :T!. 07/(' ; /75 1 STJ(1r'.•`t GL0 .3 'i•SR1NE CONTRSHIP14 £ :~ "1 C''~ cR C1C643 U54 ~)"//C?/7 ; %0,5 C' :LSTti BAY,AY EXX3 .y~ : ;„T:'t U1)1 :4 US :. 07/c: ::/75 12_1> C!:.^•aC1! - -- 133 St E R .__•. EXXON2? :.TL .T '! iYc"Y:R 0 :)7r,C8 RRI ^Z17i Oi,Q 3 H :CFAX R 70 P/E . ATL CAT4. : LiI :'C : JC7JJ(3 USA 07IJCJ?5 1300 .i•iCEi'.%L B 92 P c' SEA LAM1OC5 AV:LLIA'1 P. :H41LAG 034471 US9 •J7!')!/75 v . :3) Rni'HVN B N 0 .„ _._ A••1 EXPORT .:I• L r~ PA1LAnCLPi :tl; 0CiiC. i PAN J71/75 :455 B:LTO P 10 SKLYN T11S R03!•1 G :S4G CG1 .•4ti F ;•1 07/'.2/75 0)4G PN1L4 8 72 P/E LEIF HOEGliJ: H :'Y'7C . . . . . . 005726 C°2 l:7/')2/7'i 0 i :ILP'IG . . . _ . . • B 9 P N LEIF HOEGH .:1 RI^ Ti'/C 1 J^r•37!1 ~. or, ')71^Z I"5 STJ C, .IN R 11 P/ti PE A 4LTA"1 ti^L 0• . :2 ;11 1S!; G71G"i7i 1 ;1D ! : .11'rA X D 80 P/E Y.EO AG~1 ULYSSFS 0Gi :53 t.`UT C7102175 C'750 P ; !ILA 36 ST EKLYN' . ROYAL NETH •: : E1 T °CC?ACY J~i'r!6 USA C1! .?/75 Cr•OJ LI~!~ON P•i, SUSH 0KS AM EXPOZT31 ~YC~;' J:? C7/02173 0101 Y C:<^HA FLATS B 34 P N'; 1 Fc"+FIELO *:7R 071G2 .'75 041) c~ : C :f 9 23 P/N MOTORSHIPS ._32 C V LIG1iTyT%G 2?0i l/SA 07/Ci2/75 0?cJ H .IIFA H^i/ HCCA AM EXPORT54 C!TIES S'c•^•VICE• .'•I]RFrJLX Ui^~"05 USA 07/ .:2175 2 :+15 CC^• .aCH STAPLf•T'JN INT CC TRNJ1 SwIe`:SF•1 3^4 O4? :"6 4 ^7/C?/7i ?300 N :2FLK . . . P 11 'J A LYN BOISE G .Q:ti tTlti`1TIC OUF•Eti 4 1 .'>iJ G,~K 07/CZ/f5 2115 A,:Ut1A STAPLETUN NAR BRK~ : TN'1''AS "AE' ;X JC~•Ti0 C1V 07/;'./7i 055) SeN .".AP P 11 I'•KLYN MOLLERcI T :"S :'Il. ~'7 ~ r;i ~' 7 .4 L 11 n7!Cc l7i :+: :5 C'iI ."•A
__ B 36 P tt _ . .• KINt )iFSTFR .
CFF G?I :~Z17 : ' C610 Nf'4 L'RL 57 ST RKLYY HELLENIC?i . . : 1' SE 0 ..IFT 4 : 4 USA . C7!C2I75 1913 S•":JU4N 0T8 P/AYBOY MAR TRAN
Ca, ; __, ., :3 27i335
,`
..
. •
. •. ' •
. ~
----
~~~ ~
.~..
~.-..~
.-
41N VI
14 •••1 y
^I -( 1• al
CIO
M nl Q ..
.1f~
nA
fl/D
A
H /- %
..n
..n 11 l:
'Z
)(-
:J V
aiG~U
/.:t• A
.J
C_.n~
w;
'. .1 fl
,.rw 7
::
~' Il
--.•..
f :<
ST)
••
a--1 -
.. r n
rl
fl01
m..,
:J.:
J (
:: J
'• f7 iJ
VJn
n fln n
f.l
n7
w
L.
u {
.ll ))
~ ,C x
C)in
fr•.Il -/ x -1 m
v•-,
t7~S
W
-C t.v i7
~• 1
-ipJ
J A
p ~'< p
.p
N.)
m. ~
VJ
>1 yfL
yZ
cJ U p U G C O U A C• G a
: • :,
c7 J
O C
. c. •J ~+ U U r? G C)
O U r
. c:
(. 0u
n f7 p
CiO
O U O
VO
~S•
:rlC=•
.V~Jft:V:J
a..(
...• (1VU
~Wr+r
Yf'
J:)a?
!T
...1.
• V V J`7 ai •- •
J u ~7 l: ^J-J
C.
(7-
<..7
'.'1 V
:J CV
- P, rV
/~ •-!
U W
.J W
Y_
flJ
•.J W
i tJ a
-.J
-.)7 U
•~'
.V
_J V
()nlJ
^ ^) b•7 4 N V
G7.+ V••• r>
Z)
:• d
•~-C: (
.• ~• l
.. W
G7C)
n1
7CN
~ •7 rA It•.r C7 CJ ~ ('C 7 _.
,T C
'r.7
: 7:7
:la _J 7
..7 ~! q
OCf '
.IIC, o
:7CV C7
....~ ~
...
.. w
..
.-..^
.r
.-..^ ~.
.-. •-. ~.
.-. .
. y ~.
..._
... -.
I
i -
..•.+
s•`r ~
.^ r • r
13.,
f7 a) n^. ry C, fj O f).1 0
ll:) l
:) f) -7 U
.> A O
U n
-7J V J
J ` `
I-J ^I -7
v- `t V
+1 J
^.\' -~\\
~•
\1
\ ~ • \ ~ ~ ~ ~ \ \ \ ' ~ \ \
' \ \
,\ •. \
\ \
•t ^I ^! •.1
'J ^I V V •J •J v ^1 -J
./^i • -i ^I ^J
^I-7 ^ --J -•J -J
^J ^1
v r
-A •S
.
t) ')
.j:
-..
-
vS-
J 1. L
u V•-• ~•1
': J t ~1 a) w
-t.J
. ~1 •
\1
.• a.l
. ...V ~ iJ G fJ C ~l
:-)
.1 ~
) Ct
:V
...)
•.J
~.
:J
-~ r
:f. 7: at 7• > M~ y n 1) f) f7 Cl n S) G7
O V~~
: 1.7 L
. ^I ~
:•d
"W r
AO, -C
• r r ^ fi rv - ` - - = 1 • f.)
n a
. i.
r tl C) ~
a)
:J 57
`.t
1_ r
A:in u 1)
:. t• w n 1. t• -ytlJC
Ut•.J-nt]•C
:.-f u-1
._ v
_\ i
(iG
.K w
Cl Xr
..:r-a 4
..
:-~
...:
r.:)Nr-
,'~1z
....
Q fD CD CO N C)
bl VI N
1 .J '7 '7 T W C'l•O w
.'.T Lt 11 v 7
'O '
O~J ~•o T V(A •ti
Ll >•. C) C CL
ocj
(-'1
v.vov.v
.~ t
rov c
o:)v? v
.~.)tro-7c
)o +), vz
•. %
'O- C7 r'7 ln'
:•tA
:rT
:i 17 a t~
:J ~•
. t • f•
.(R
:R f:5 7 'R W ^J '?
••/ •1»
-S~I ~•rttt172
:z\
.c \l: \
-vc7mn
.JK 00K
rnr- ~
...% -
:oar-
'Mrw
:,~<
:.vlt:~ =~:
K <G•
... p
2K ~C K
:c X
A v
.7:
In
rl
Irj m
-Tf
.lR(~
.!tf:5
r;1
..1rR
~'!.6 Ga
.v
`
U Z
v7+ D ~
~tf~
XZE
lUQ
1. )~ O 7C
'f) U O
-1 -•1 -1
V 'V
71?) ~ V
r• N `
UI W O
'.(lD
Q.30
CI
\I ILA~
~~ VI
t. -7 N
F. ~
~ -1 C 7
:u nl
r.7 ~
:C 2 L
~
p 'd
b a ~ N
mC+
m(D
q
(aIAOI
:
N 1+ J+
`
\
'7 5
7 ~
' 'Y J
.~\
.. a
2:_ Z
\ y v
~
t• b p
.s> R1 X y
fn
:71
(.l vt f1 Rl a 97 IA
C'a
aA"a lA N Vt VI 1/1
Z1-: `i 1"/ 22
G'0
D n
O b 9•
t7•YN-y 3X rMRIX )C•'7•l:f)-1 sv7~a.,Grnrmntmrr
.:nfnw.Twrnrn
~0D
NN
f.lIY7f1-
+rrr
X:oxXX»
:: C:r7lf•,:~s.y>
~-(yryr
••S-
/.
V r! J17
V. N
7V w7
:VI
•.7 rJ NY U(]•••/t. i
:J KJ--(l:J y ti y^/ ^C
L. UNCNL C
y y
U(j
ava
:nftnf/:a'G ~1
: :2%4v:lpnm m iJ
.,.7 7'M
:.c:c
r11
f)rrr
N p a
3 o C] 7 A-4
: t
r N:- n J+ e H
D J-
.~) ~ YJ? A
n.+ fl
•y ••/ •.
tn•.
nK~
-~
A:~
-~ r
'~
.Y l
•aD• >
JV J
f1N'l2 jv -1
4.: !
•W u
-.r-i
Gr
y
.a Z/
. 1
-C:~
-S ~
1n • 2 1!7
~:a
:at
a ~ ~ 70
p ~ 7
t'n ~ O ~ O
OS C
~*a-a
Z o -
.O
03
D ~
\
Essential Trade Route 15-A, Figure 1'i-9) .
(2) Once the route is known, the area where the vessel crosses theslope is evident from studying the specific route shown on one ofthe Pilot Charts of the North Atlantic which are issued monthlyby NOAA . Pilot Charts show No, .h Atlantic lane routes for each:eason . Jf a route is not shown, such as from Boston to Capetown,iouth Africa, a straight line can be drawn between the two pointson a mercator projection with a negligible degree of error .
(3) Data should be analyzed for at least a year to determine frequen-cies and pattern of travel over the slope on specific routes . Thismeans analyzing the routes of perhaps 18,000± commercial vesselsarriving/leaving during one year in New York Cilty alone .
MAJOR U .S . FLAG OPERATORS
Additional data pertaining to rolate variation owing to economic considera-tions, sailing schedules, number of vessels, frequency of sailing, andother operational information is available by contacting major UnitedStates flag operators . A general list of operators and the essentialtrade routes served by each are provided in Table 11-6 . Passenger ves-sel d'stribution requires a search of published sailing schedules .Thom~,:•;n (1973) indicates that the most accurate count of vessels atsea can be obtained by recording ship departures from parts of the wor .ldas reported daily in Lloyd's List, produced by Lloyd's of Lcr,don . Fromthis list a matrix of departure and destination ports can be constructed .
An indication of the magnitude of commercial-activity and volume of alltypes of vessel calls to ports within the study area is shown in Water-borne Commerce of the United States, from which Table 11-7 is taken .In contrast, the information compiled by the Maritime Association ofNew York represents those vessels that call at a port for commercialreasons . This listing does not provide sufficientt information to de~er-mine routes over the slope since aestination and departure points arenot provided .
AFAXER - U.S . COAST .GUARD~
Additional Jata is available from the U.S . Coast Guard which oper-- ates the Automated Mutual-Assistance Vessel Rescue Program (AMVER) .
AMVER is designed to aid in search and rescue operations (SAR) atsea . Particpating vessels (approximately 50 percent of totalvessels) report their locations (D .E . Perkins, personal communication) .Merchant vessels of all nations making offshore passage are urgedto radio sailing reports and periodic position reports to the AMVERCenter in New York City . Information is then fed into an electron-ic computer which generates and maintains dead reckoning positions
15-A Farrell Lines IncorporatedMoore-McCormack Lines Incorporated
16 Farrell Lines Incorporated
17 American President Lines, LtdCentral Gulf LineLykes Bros . Steamshic Co ., Inc .
18 American Export Lines, Inc .American President Lines, LtdWaterman Steamship Corporation
11-3E
Table 11-7 . Vessel activity at major East Coast ports . (U .S . ArmyCorps of Engineers, 1974)
Vessel Calls_ East Coast Tonnage Arr iva s Departures
Bucksport, Me . 1,182,679 673 678Searsport, Me . 1,322,686 451 439Portland, Me . 28,844,110 11,914 11,916Portsmouth, N . H . 2,314,900 366 350Gloucester, Mass . 316,780 7,133 7,091Beverly, Mass . 255,050 4,177 4,171Salem, Mass . 1,8v^0,180 2,638 2,641Bostcn, Mass . 27,n56,L'68 12,223 12,425Plymouth, Mass . 284,119 3,240 3,239New Bedford . Mass . 411,075 3,882 3,877Fall River, Mass . 4,625,362 1,704 1,704Providence, R . I . 10,236,062 3,739 3,754New London, Conn . 5,580,248 8,967 8,976New Haven, Conn . 13,709,265 5,624 5,663Bridgeport, Conn . 3,553,980 1,893 1,858Norwalk, Conn . 867,306 963 971Stamford, Conn . 1,002,384 1,029 1,020New York, N . Y. 216,896,434 72,455 73,630Port Jefferson, N . Y . 4,048,518 4,197 4,189Delaware River, Del . 139,297,118 77,627 78,821Baltimore, Md . 53,786,715 34,238 34,474Hampton Roads, Va . 63,963,750 36,687 36,534
R
11-37
for vessels .(U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office, 1974) . In times ofemergency when a v,~ssel at sea is in danger, area vessels are alertedto assist in rescue operations .
Reported locations of vessels taken at the same time each day areaverage:+ over a month to obtain the figures shown in Table 11- 8,which is a count of AMVER plot vesseh within predetermined fivedcgree grids covering approximately 90,000 square miles (J .N . Mac-Donald, personal communication) . The area of interest for this studyextends from 35°to 45°N and from 65°to 7501,1 . Though not particl,larlyaccurate as an indication of traffic density, AMVER would be usefulfor "spot" locations of vessels in the area of the continental slope .The location of vessels within a particular area is known as SurfacePicture (SURPIC) .
FUTURE TRENDS
Indications for the future are that the existing -world fleet willcontinue to increase to meet the demands of the escalating energycrsis ("Ocean Industry", 1975) . "Ocean Inoustry" recently conducteda survey of 131 companies to determine fleet size and constructionactivities . Approximately 80 percent ef the existing world fleetresponded. Results :ndicated 2,328 vessels in existing fleets, 279vessels under construction, and 191 vessels planned . During thepast year, 200 vessels were added to the total existing number ofvessels (2,800), an upsurge in vessel production designed to augmentthe fleet in an effort to prepare for developing oil and gas industries .
The recent opening of the Suez Canal will also influence f :•equencyof travel since it is less expensive to take a smaller tanker throughthe canal than to load a supertanker for the journey around the Capeof Good Hope . As a result, more traffic can be expected sailingfrom the Suez Canal, to Giibraltar, and thence across the North At-lantic on Essential Trade Route 10 .
11 .4 HAZARD AREAS
11 .4 .1 IyTRODUCTION
Ocean hazards can be divided into two categories : (1) man-made hazardsincluding explosive ordnance, the bottom-mounted hardware of buoys, ar-rays, cables, surface traffic, and wrecks ; and (2) natural hazards in-cluding sea state, marine organisms, currents, bottom sediments, topo-graphy, and visibility (Busby, Hunt, and Rainnie, 1968) . Since the nat-ural hazards, except icebergs, are discussed in other chapters, thissection will mainly deal with man-made hazards .
For a number of years, unserviceable or obsolete shells, bombs, mines,and solid rocket fuels have been disposed of in deep wat ..r . The envi-ronmental effect of such munition disposal is limited (U .S . Departmentof the Navy, 1972), with the unzapioded munitions posing a greater haz-ard to people working with equinnent and submersibles near dump sitesthan to the aquatic community .
Busby, et al ., (1968) state that very little hard data exist concerningthe quantity of explosive ordnance oresent in a specified location, theeffect of aging to various explosive compounds in a submerged high pres-sure environment, and the reaction of explosive ordnance to mechanicalshock . However, explosive ordnarze found on the ocean floor can be di-vided into five categories and the basic characteristics summarized ; thefollowing data are taken from 6usLy, et al ., (1963) .
(1) Explosive projectile s :,re present at all depths, with the greater{ percentage in relatively shallow water . Explosive projectiles
from coastal artillery usuall~ will not be found more than 56 kmI from land. Other projectiles are the result of naval activities
requiring anti-aircraft shells .%
(2) Most sea mines are in the s ihallow part of the shelf, although afew moored nines are located in water as deep as 1,524 m . Mooredmines are thought to be either crushed, scuttled, or water-filledin depths over 91 m . A . H . Peale, of the U .S . Navd ! Ordnance Lab-oratory, White Oak, maintains records of mi nefields planted
. throughout the world from 19aO-1954 .
(3) Terpedoes from the 1904-19.1 fi period are thought to be crushed orflooded ii uepths greater tt3n 305 m . However, even though the 'instruments may be crushed nr the propulsion section inoperative,
, the main charge may remain effective . Consequently, the hazard~ to submersibles operating neir torpedoes at depths over 305 ,n may/ , not be negligible.
!: (4) Depth bombs, depth charoes, hed g_eho~s . The 305 m crush depth alsoapplies to depth bombs, since these were designed to detonate at
r• 7.6 m. Depth charges were not designed to function beyond the max-imum depth of submarines . However, hedgehogs, having a thickercasing, can withstand the pressure of depths greater than 305 mand may, therefore, be a ha:?rd to deep water exploration .
- (5) Aerial bombs . The armor piercing `c :nbs used against ships may beable to withstand the pressurea of submergence at great depth, al-though most have relatively thin cases which will not remain in-tact tact after 305 m . The grEater percentage of aerial bombs dropped
: or jettisoned into the sea are either duds,, since a 10 p:.rcent dud
The basic characteristics of each explosive ordnance category are givenin Table 11-9 .
ACTUATION
The actuat4on of most pieces of explosive ordnance by a submersiblewould require contact between the two (Busby, et al ., 1968) ; exceptions
~ are those weapons actuated by a target's signature (acoustic, magnetic,and pressure) . As previously mentioned, a large percentage of the ord-nance disposed of at deep water dump sites were either crushed or wa-ter-filled ter-filled by the increased pressure, thus eliminating much of the dan-ger . All influenced mechanisms are battery-operated, making them sub-ject to deterioration with time . However, some mechanisms, those sub-merged merged since World War II, may retain enough energy to actuate the fir-
', ing mechanism.
Pressure alone, such as that created by a submersible resting on thebottom, could detonate ordnatice as could contact by some sampling devi-ces . ces. Busby, Hunt, and Rainnie (1968) state that a sufficient impact tothe main charge of almost any piece of bottomed explosive ordnance willresult in detonation . As a result of this, even weapons with sterilizedor otherwise inoperable firing mechanisms remain a serious danger (Bus-
,by, et al ., 1968) . =
''- DISPOSP,t. METHODS
Prior to 1954, munitions and explosives were loaded aboard barges, towed, ~ to a designated disposal site, and dumped "over the side" (U .S . Depart-
ment or the Navy, n .d .) . This method was rather hazardous since it re-quired repeated handling of materials, both onshore and a c sea (Smith
, and Brown, 1971) . Areas where this methcd of disposal was utilized areshown on Coast and Geodetic S urvey charts . However, due to human and
- navigational error, it should not be assumed that all ordnance liewithin the areas des ignated ( Busby, et al ., 1968) .
In 1963, a second method of munitions disposal called Project CHASE(Cut Holes and Sink 'Em) was initiated . It is now known as the DeepWater Dump ' (DWG) program ( U .S . Department of the Navy, n .d .) . The con-
tcept for the CHASE program originated in 1958 with the scuttling of aWorld War II vessel, the "S .S . Wm . Rolston", loaded with 7,257 tons ofmustard and lucite gas (Smith and Brown, 1971) . CHASE, itself, beganin 1963 . Under this program, obsolete surolus World War II cargo (!ib=erty) ships were stripped of any useable equipment or machinery, loadedwith up to 7,257 m tons of materials (net explosives 363 m tons, Busby,et al ., 1968), towed to a deep water site, and scuttled ( Smith and Brown,197IT.
.
11-41
~ - - "' - " - --,
l
~ ~ .
. i
r. . ~. . ;
1, . ~
~. ,
!` 3i
1{,
~~
,1 . .
;
Y
.- ..
F
. Table 11-9 . Basic characteristics of major weapon types (Busby, Hunt, and Rainnie, 1968)
Major Weapon Weight Range T.ypes of'Explosives Method ofTypes _ Size Range of Explosive Employed Actuation
Explosive 1/4 to 3,000 lbs . 1/2 ounce to 290 lbs . Virtually all known main Time DelayProjectiles charqe exnlosives Contact
Proximity----------------Aerial Bombs
----2 .2
---------------to 22,000 lbs .
-------1/2
---------------to 11,000 lbs .
----------------------------------TNR Based
------------Contact
Picric Acid ProximityComp B (TNT & RDX) Time Delay
` Between 1964 and 1968, 11 CHASE disposal operations were conducted(Table 11-10) . In 1968 alone, this meant disposal of some 13,608 met-ric ric tons of explosives (Smith and Brown, 1971) . After 1968, eight
, more CHASE operations were carried nut, bringing the total of munitions' and explosives dumped under this program to 108,752 metric tons . In-
cluded cluded in this figure are 17,628 metric tons of chemical munitions and6,747 metric tons of a combined cargo of ammunition and cylinders con-taminated taminated with nerve gas (Table 11-10) .
LOCATION OF DWD SITES
Dump sites for deep water munitions disposal are shown in Figures .11-1Fand 11-17 . Table 11-11 provides the location coordinates and depth atthe dump site. The sites were generally used for disposal of two ormore types of materials (Table 11-12) ; including some amounts of toxicindustrial wastes and chemical munitions (Smith and Brown, 1971) . Thesesites are usually located in about 2,000 meters of water, at least 160km from the Atlantic Coast. The locations of other unexploded ordnance,depth charges, bombs, and torpedoes (as shown in U .S . Coast and GeodeticSurvey charts) are listed in Table 11-13 .
Since 1970, all ocean disposal of ordnance and unserviceable munitionshas ceased (U .S . Department of Commerce, 1974) .
/ ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS
Even though large amounts of munitions and explosives have been dumpedat deep ocean sites, environmental damage is apparently slight . In1971, the U .S . Navy began a survey of sites to assess the environmentalimpact of 15 scuttled Liberty ships loaded with munitions ; two siteswere selected - one containing an intact, undetonated hulk, and theother with five hulks which had detonated during scuttling (U .S . Depart-ment of Commerce, 1974) . The results of the testing were published in1972, a:: the Department of the Navy's Environmental Condition Reportfor Numbered Deep Water Munitions Dump Sites . The study concluded thatthis method of disposal caused no significant, irreversible damage tothe deep ocean environment . Furthermore, if undetonated explosiveswere to be activated, only trace amounts of lead, nickel, bronze, and
• other metals, relative to the extent of corrosion arid materials used inthe munitions, would be released into the sea (CEQ, 1970) . •
11 .4 .3 TEXAS TOWERS
Texas Towers, which resemble offshore oil derricks, were radar-equipped,U .S . Air Force installations supported by caissons sunk into the oceanfloor . Towers near the study area were destroyed in the early 1960'sand are not a threat to surface navigation . Locations of tower remainsand dates of operation are given below in Table 11-14 :
Atlantic Oceant Lat : 36°34 .3'N Lat : 39 37 .9'N Lat : 31°40'N
Long : 14°16 .9'W Lorg : 70°57'W Long : 76°56'W
.~.
Total Cust $146,006 $179,290 $76,462t
q ~ Disposition Detonated at 1,219 m Sunk in deep water Sunk in deep water~ for seismic studies+~ .~ Nature of Cargo Ammunition anc' Explosives Ammunition and Explosives Ammunition and Explosives6!
. Detonating Mechanism SUS MK 59-1 None None
~J1
' . . . .-.w~_-.... . .._.
;a• rs
s~;.
fl
, {
~
' . }. i
~~ .t .
9
G.
Table 11-10 . (cont.)
Chase Number
Year
Vessel Name
Total Cargo
Net Explosive~~~ Disposal Area
Total Cost
Disposition
Nature of Cargo
X XI
1970 1968
S .S . Lebaron Russel Briggs S .S . Mormactern
2,417 metric tons 7,042 metric tons
Not Available Not Applicable
Atlantic Ocean Atlantic OceanLat : 29°20'N Lat : 39°38 .5'NLong : 76°00'W Long : 71°02 .2'W
Not Available $117,714
Sunk in deep water Sunk in deep water
Chemical Chcmical
Detonating Mechanism None None
XII
1968
S .S . Richardson
6,747 metric tons
125 metric tons
Atlantic OceanLat : 39032 .7'NLong : 71°01 .6'W
$117,435
Sunk in deep water
Ammunition & cylinderscontaminated with resi-dues of 6B nerve gas
None
' . E
~F
f~. . . . . ._ .
Table 11-10 . (Lont .)
~ Chase Number
Year
Vessel Name
Total Cargo
~'; Net Explosive.Pm
Disposal Area
Total Cost
Disposition
Nature of Cargo
Detonating Mechanism
XIII, XIV, XV
Scheduled for disposal ofarmy chemicals . Operationcancelled by Sec . of Army
XVI
1969
S .S . Cape Tyron
6,918 metric tons
1,039 metric tons
Pacifid OceanLat : 48°15 .8'NLong : 127°W
$186,081 ~
Detonated unintentionally
Ammunition and Explosives
None
XVII
1969
S .S . Catoche
5,759 metric tons
1,233 metric tons
Pacific OceanLat : 42015 .8'NLong : 126056'W
$140,000
Detonated unintentionally
Ammunition and Explosives
None
\
\ t
C1
~
~ .
\ i.~
Table 11-10 . (cont .)
Chase Number XVIII XIX XX
Yrar 1969 1970 1970
Vessel Name S .S . Cardinal O'Connell S .S . Frederick G . Williamson S .S . Cape Confort
CURRITUCiC BEnCH LDWD #3 (15 JULY 65 J(0)S.C. LIGHT _1 CAPE fEAR rCIYD #7 (29 1ULY 66 1(o)
ALA.'1 Ga.. ..»'~ r
;:~ . .. . .l ~WD #9 (30 APZ 67 j(1~D)
i----•r- ~ i!`-
CRPE h Ef:i.EDY
FLA
~45 „r., .1
lECE'D
DWD # 10 (19 AUG 70 ) (i:D)
U Ufl JISED SiiES
APP RGVED
F, ;1 t:AUTiCAL ; "wES
(D) CARGO D,-fO::ATED
(ND) DIDE'i.'T D tOaATE
NOTE:SITE OF DV;D #9SPECIFIED BY ARPA
t ~ ENVIRONMENTAI INVENTORY Of THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
[TRIGOM FIGURE I Deep Water Dump Sites (Naval Ordnance Systems11-17 Command, n .d.)
_ti
. , . , . .
.
X.
y Texas Tower Date of Operati on Latitude N . - Longitude W .
No . 2 1956-1962 410 41'16 .3" 670 45'36 .2";
No . 3 1958-1962 41°00'52" 69°29'37"
No . 4 1958-1960 39°48 .4' 72°40.6'. ~i -
(Joseph Chase, personal communication)~
7 11.4.4 ACTIVE CABLES
Cables and moorings occasionally pose a fouling hazard to surface shipping; in shallow water, however, in deep water the chief danger would be tot submersibles, which n.a,r become entangled (Busby, et al ., 1968) . These, cables are primarily used for power, communication, mooring, or a combi-
nation of these functions . Lost or discarded cables litter the oceanfloor as well .
Four transatlantic cables operated by Amerizan [elephone and TelegraphLong Lines (AT&T, 1963) cross through the slope area : T .A .T . III (1963)extends to England ; T .A .T . IV (1965) extends to France ; T .A .T . V (1970)to Gilbraltar ; and the New Jersey-Bermuda cable (1962) (See Figure 11-18) .T.A .T . VI is plar!rod for 1976 and will originate in Green Hill, RhodeIsland, termir .ting in France . Loading will start January 2, 1976 . Ta-bles bles 11-15 through 11-19 are submarine cable records for these T .A .I .lines, showing the depth in fathoms and the locations of cables in theslope area (AT~.T, 1974) . American Telephone and Telegraph is responsi-ble for all transatlantic cables from the Gulf of Maine to Cape Hatteras(C . H . Sprankle, personal communication) .
The U .S . Defense Department classified cables also extend off the East-ern Seaboard out into the slope and beyond . One of these, the CAESARNetwork Warning System, is a series of cables running out to approxi-mately mately 4,572 m, which functions as an underwater submarine detectar .
-•_ Inquiries concerning class~ified military cables should be addressed to :
Washington Electric Corp .~ Reynolda Road; Winston-Salem, North Carolina
11 .4 .5 SHIPWRECKS - HISTORICAL SITES
INTRODUCTION
Although hundreds of ships have gone down along the Atlantic Seaboard,only a relatively small number have been reported near the 20C .;i mark .The majority of vessels sunk near the slope were vessels torpecoed inWorld War II (Commander R .H . Eaton, personal communication) .
Table 11-19 . N.J . to Bermuda Cable . SUBMARINE CABLE RECORD sLOCK aMEET /AMERICAN TELEPHONE 6 TEI.EGRAPH CO. ISSUE NO .LONG LINES DEPT. - OCEAN CABLES DATE
N• J . - L3 FRM v~n CABLE J5 R SYSTEM DIRECTION OF LAY !~~AA/A NA W/C //11- F<.AT'TS YEARPLACED BY CABLE SHIP µEITS A/-FRT (SN .ar• rNp: t wrD $), Gs !t'fT~c~FVE~~
POSiT1ON CAOLER
IT[M NLATITUO[,~ I
LONOITUD[ryNAVIOATION AID
DEPT1/ttt ' . eM L[NOTH INAUT'CAL MIL[ill
RlMA KSANO
LORAA/FMS . trr[ wo etcaew o+: curuaewl R[f[N[NC[!
/~MAIIAWKIN 1~F R~1 . 39 Y~QL %y !Y fY _ L S ffT/ON
s B-LWc JT. 38 /G .301 73 30 ~ 3532. 839 oa _T3 L•6o ~ .aS_G 38 t- oo ~ 1 e i3 wG - A6rc 4
A G 32 ~ Z 00175 1-o i-j- 351~3 I /0 9a . tN /3. / 110,16A G 4 / A0 ,5 //50 [ ,.,/ • .3 , / . 7
~ot J cr ° oo po-
,3 30 /,3/0`
---,
oS/riow Lve. -F/I-1 TS AtFILT_
OTALS I s4 . 1 / Z4-. O I2V . O 11
/ , \ .
. .`aYb ~~~' .~~. _
While there may be more vessels which have disappeired in slope watersthan records show, their exact locations can only be determined throughcomprehensive re:ea;ch operations . Programs designed to document exis-tence and position of deep water wrecks are needed since little workhas been done in this area ( Edward Rowe Snow, personal communica-tion) .
A variety of reasons exist which have contributed to the lack of datapertaining to shipwrecks on the slope :
(1) Few ships have been lost in deep water (200 m to 2,000 m) whencompared to the numbers of those which have been lost in nearshoreareas due to reefs, sand bars, ana other hazards not present inthe slope area .
(2) A ship sinking in deep water before 1950 would have determined itslocation by dead reckoning (a determination of approximate posi-tion from record of co6rse sailed,'distance traveled, and estima-ted drift) providing only an approximate location . In Tahles 11-20and 11-21, the wreck site of the tanker WM . ROCKEFELLER are shownat two different locations, exemplifying the difficulty in deter-mining an exact wreck location . Vessels probably were lost iiideep water before official records were kept . .
(3) Large scale search efforts are usually not mounteud owing to t~e costand effort involved unless the sunken vessel is a hazard ( i .e . con-taining dangerous munitions, chemicals, etc .), carried a valuablecargo, or is historically or archaelogically significant . It isdifficult to reconstruct environmental conditions at the time ofsinking such as currents, drift, winds, and waves, which influencethe final resting site of the hulk .
(5) According to George Bass (personal cc,mmunication), a lack of fundsis holding back "reasonable" underwater archaeological surveys ofU .S . waters .
U .S .S . MONITOR
In some cases, deep water wrecks have been located using sonar levicesand a magnetometer . Photographs taken of the wreck aided in identifi-cation (Switzer, personal communication) . The most outstanding exampleof such a lucation/ident fication operation was identification of theresting site of the ironclad U .S .S . MONITOR, which sank off Cape Hatter-as in 67 m of water in December, 1862 . A number of steps were involvedin locating the MONITOR :
(1) From present meteoroloyit .,ii-i),4,iiyi,ietric data and what is knownconcerning the influence of" _tte Gulf Stream, the environmentalconditions at the time of th ., - ;r~rk were reconstructed-
S ~
11-63
. r ~. . . .._, . . .. , ~. . ~.. ~~.__ 1
~~rnA
Table 11-20 . Shipwrecks in deep water (Lonsdale and Kaplan, 1964)
Latitude Longitude Type Name Tonna e Remarks
MAINE
43°07 .0' 67°18 .0 Ftr. SKOTTLAND 2,117 Torpedoed May 17, 1942, in 158 m .
MASSACHUSETTS
42°33 .0' 68°56.0 Ftr. DAYTONA 3,344 Sank December 21, 1955, in 213 m .
42°22 .0' 69°46 .0' Germ. Sub . U-85
42°20 .0' 69°10 .0' Ftr . TABORFJELL 1,339
42°09 .0' 69°22 .5' Ftr . PORT NOCHOLSON 8,402
42°09 .0' 69°22 .5' Pass . COFROKEE 5,896
42°00 .0' 69°00 .0' Sch . WILMINGTON 1,371
39°15 .0' 72°30 .0' Ftr . RIO TERCERO 4,864
37°55 .0' 74°00 .0' Ftr . OLINDA 4,053
35°07 .0' 75°07 .0' Tkr . W . ROCKEFELLER 14,054
34°51 .0 75°22 .0' Gerai . Sub . U-576
Sank April 7, 1945, in 273 m .
Torpedoed April 30, 1942 in 229 m .
Collided and sank June 15, 1942 in 183 m .
Collided and sank in 183 m. June 15, .1942
Sank January 2, 1945 in 146 m .
Sank June 22, 1942 in 143 m .
Torpedoed February 18, 1942, in 183 in .
Torpedoed June 28, 1942, with 125,000 bar-rels of fuel oil on board in 198 m .
~
I
Table 11-21 . Shipwrecks in at least 46 m (Newton, Pilkey, and Blanton, 1971)
Latitude
+
Longitude Type
Off Cape Lookout Steamer
Southeast of Cape Lookout Tahker
34°05' N 76°08' W Tanker
34°08 .3' N 76°07 .1' W
34°01 .5' N 76°38.7' W
34°59' N 75°03' W Cargo
~ 35 miles off Hatteras Bark
"' 35°16' N 74°25' W Passenger
35°15' N 74°19' W Schooner
35 " 16' N 74°18' W Cargo
Off Hatteras Schooner
35°37'48" N 74°56'36" W Tanker
35°34' N 74°24' W Schooner
35°18' N 74°53' W tanker
34°30' N 74r- W Schocner
34°42' N 74° BarK
35°01'36" N 75°17'48" W
Name Tonnage Remarks
ONEOTA Sank November, 1867
OLEAN Sank March 16, 1942
PANAM 7,277 Sank May 4, 1943
Wreck
Wreck
TERESA 6,131
ANNIE E . ELLIOT
CITY OF K . Y . 5,025
CATHERINE G . SCOTT 739
RIC BLANCO 4,086
GEORGE S . MARTS 442
SAN DELFINO 4,800
FRANK AND EMI LY 135
WILLIAM ROCKEFr : .l.ER 8790
RICHARD WYATT
HApY VARNEY
Sank March 21, 1942
Sank April 15, 1877
Sank March 29, 1942
Sank October 14, 1930
Torpedoed Apri1 1, 1942
Sank April 16, 1887
Torpedned Apri1 9, 1942188 feet over wreck
April 14, 1877
torpedoed June 28, 1942
January 31, 1851
Sank April 5, 1356
.~ .
Table 11-21 . ( cont .)
Latitude Longitude Type Narne Tonnage Remarks
35°01 .7' N 75°17.7'i
W Wreck
; 35°01'07" N 75°17'07" W Battleship U .S .S . N C'W JERSEY Sank September 5, 1923
j 35°01'07" N 75°17'07" W Battleship U .S .S . Virginia Sank September 5, 1923
35002 .0' N 75°15 .0' W Cargo SOUTHERN ISLE Sank 1951
Off Hatteras Schooner LEXINGTON Sank July 15, 1842
~ 35°07.0' N 75°06 .8' W Wreck
Off Hatteras Bark BENJAMIN DICKERMAN Sank October 18, 1880~~' 35°12' N 75°04' W Tug WELLFLEET Sank March 4, 1943rnrn
Off Hatteras Brig HELEN MCLEOD Sank September, 1846
Cape Hatteras Cargo NORVANA 2,677 Sank January 18, 1942
Off Cape Hatteras Germ . Sub . U-701 Sank July 7, 1942
Off Hatteras~ Brig TYRREL Sank July 3, 1759
, ~ 35°15'00" N 75°05' W Schooner NATIONAL MEADOR Sank June 26 ?~~ Off Cape Hatteras; Schooner SPELLBOURNE Sank October, 1°73
35°31 .0' N 75°O1' W Wreck •
Off Cape Hatteras Steamer SAVANNAH Sank November 28, 1841
~
f~
~ (2) Ah archival research and review of historical documents were in-strumental in identifying the distinguishing characteristics ofthe vessel . (In some cases the advanced deterioration of the
t wreck precludes identification) .
(3) Various sonars and a precession magnetometer were empioyed to lo-cate wrecks within the search area, thereby also providing mag-netic intensity records and physical dimensions of wrecks .
(4) The research vessel and camper pods were maneuvered over the siteto obtain photographic and television data . An acoustic "pinger"was used in operating the television system, providing the onlyirdication of the camera's relationship to the wreck (Watts, 1975) .
The MONITOR was resting on a hard, relatively stable, and virtuallyfeatureless sand bottom . In such a location acoustic and magnetic re-mote sensing equipment can be used to its best advantage . Watts (1975)states that in other areas, where the bottom composition resulted fromrapid deposition, a bottom penetrating sonar or seismic profiler isnecessary . Other environmental conditions determine the extent towhich photographic and television systems can be used . Watts (197r)also notes that under certain circumstances, archaeological resea .-chcan be combined with other oceanographic_operations since rr,3st researchvessels are equipped with precision positioning and underwater sensingequipment . A considerable amount of data about deep-water wrecks couldbe gathered by remote sensing, even though many deepwater sites arepresently beyond the feasible limits of extended investigations (Watts,
' 1975). Wrecks could be located, preliminary surveys made, and, in some• cases, the condition of the wreck and type ;of vessel could be determined .
WRECKS AS HAZARDS
While wrecks in deep water are not a hazard to surface navigatior, thereis the possibility of an operating research submersible becoming fouledin the riggir:g or appendages (Busby, Pt &L., 1968) . Other hazards asso-ciated with wrecks include the instability of wrecks resting on steepslopes and watertight compartments or"boilers which, conceivably, couldcollapse or explode . Exploration of large'wrecks or sunken ships shouldonly be undertaken as part of a specific mission when the deck plan isknown or, at least, can be anticipated (Busby, et al ., 1968; .
There are no comprehensive programs designed to locate and excavatewrecks near the continental slope at the present time . Exploration pri-orities summarized by Watts (personal communication) are as f`ollows :
"Before this (deep water program) can be i .-:complished effectively,, those wreck sites and submerged cultural resources which exist in
relatively shallow water and are currently being threatened, must,, be located, evaluated, and scientifically examined . As the tech-
~ . ,
11-67
'l .
(
nology and funding can be expanded, the investigation can be exten-ded to those sites which exist on the slope ."
LOCATIONS OF WRECKS
Several compilations of wreck data have been published (Newton, Pilkey,and Blanton, 1971 ; Berman, 1973 ; Lonsdale and Kaplan, 1964; Marx, 1971 ;and Fleming, 1971) . However, Watts (persona'1 communication) warns thatthese lists are mostly based on historical records and, consequently,the locations arp of questionable value . While having only minimal val-ue in terms of underwater research work, the lists do give a representa-tion of the extent of the resource base that can be expected .
Lonsdale and Kaplan (1964) summarizes over 1,100 major shipwrecks, takenmostly from official U .S . Government sources . A few are located nearthe slope (Table 11-20) . From an historical point of view, the Germansubmarine U-576 may be of significance although the depth precludes the
~ feasibility of investigation ( Switzer, personal communication) . Lons-dale and Kaplan consider trawlers and other small vessels not importantenough for inclusion . As a result, the listing is mostly restricted tomajor ships with some wrecks of unusual interest included . In some ca-
~ ses a wreck is not listed if it has not been located in recent times( Lonsdale and Kaplan, 1964) .
/ .
Newton, et al ., (1971) have identified a number of wrecks along theCarolina continental margin . However, these map contours extend ::r.lyto 46 m ; wrecks shown past this point are listed in Table 11-21 .The TYRREL, which went down in 1759, may be archaeologicaily important,particularly in terms of 18th Century ship construction techniques,even if the vessel remains only partially intact (Switzer, personal com-munication) .
Finally, U .S . Coast and Geodetic Survey charts also show the locationof sunken ships, omitting non-dangerous vessels-h}i-in less than 18 m ofwater . Dangerous wrecks are shown with a wreck symbol surrounded by adotted curve, the safe clearance depth over a sunken ship considereddargerous being indicated by a standard sounding number placed at theslope on the U .S .C.G .S . charts (Table 11-22) . The Defense Mapping AgencyHydrographic Center has provided a computer listing of shipwrecks betweenCaoe Hatteras and Georges Banks (Appendix 11-1) .
11 .4 .6 ICEBERGS
INTRODUCTION
As many as 40,000 sizeable icebergs can calve each year from glacierson the west coast of Greenland (Ellis, 1968 ; Murray, n .d .) . Followingthe summer thaw, the ice freezes again, in late fall it breaks off andis carried south . The drift route carries the bergs north on the west
11-68
. \ "
. ~
~~~~
8~
Tatle 11-22. Sites of wrecks near the slope as shown on U.S . GeodeticSurvey charts .
Latitude N
40°06'30"
40°40'
40°20'
40°16'
40°06'
40°12'
40°06'30"
39°40'
38°57'
38°50'
38°13'
33004'
38°03'
37°33'
37°29'
37°23'30"
37°23'
37°17'30"
37°14'
37°10'30"
Longitude W
71°00'
67°00'
67°49'
68°48'
69055'
70°42'
69°32'
72°34'30"
73°06'
73°12'30"
74000'
74°06'
74°11'30"
74°36'
74°34'
74°42'
74°38'
74°'C'30"
74°32'
74°33'3u"
Latitude N
37°07'30"
37°07'
36°55'
36°53'
36°43'30"
36°30'
36°21'30"
36°15'30"
36°05'
35°37'30"
35°14'
35°05'
35°00'30"
34°50'
34°46'
34°49'
34°44'
34°41'30"
40°22'
Lo:qi tude W
74°34'30"
74°45'30"
74°43'
14°45'
74°45'
74°47'
74°56'30"
74°51'
74°43'
74°54'
75°12'30"
75°20'
75°24'30"
75°20'
75°22'
75°33'
75°35'
75C35'
68°40'30"
11-69
` . .
Greenland Current, eventually veering west until the ice drifts intothe Labrador Current flowing south . Figure 11-19 shows the drift pathof bergs from their source into the North Atlantic . The southward
, drifting bergs may move between 8 to 64 km a day, although many are, stranded for weeks in Labrador coves or around the edges of Arctic is-
lands (Ellis, 1978) The percentage of trapped bergs depend mainly onmeteorological conditions such as the direction and force of the wind(Murray, n .d .) . By the time an iceberg reaches the warm Gulf Streamnear Nova Scotia it may have drifted for as long as three years and upto 3,058 or 4,345 km (Murray, n .d . ; Ellis, 1968) . Once in the GulfStream an iceberg seldom survives more than two weeks (Ellis, 1968) .
NUMBER OF ICEBERGS
The number of bergs varies from year to year . In 1929 - a peak year,the International Ice Patrol sighted 1,351 icebergs below 48°W . In1966, however, none were sighted below the 48th parallel . A normal iceyear is considered 1967 and the estimated nu4er of icebergs south of480N is shown in Table 11-23 .
An average of 380 icebergs reach the waters off Newfoundland at the48th parallel (Murray, n .d .) . Of these, from 5 to 40 drift past theTail of the Banks to the 42nd parallel area where the TITANIC collidedwith an iceberg and sank in 1912 . As a result of sea surface tempera-tures and currents, ice seldom drifts south of 45°N or east of 46°id,and very rarely moves south of the 40th parallel (Murray, n .d .) . Itcan be concluded, therefore, that icebergs are an exceptional occur-rence within the study area . Table 11-25 gives exceptional icebergsightings for the 80-year period, 1895-1975 . i
HAZARD TO NAVIGATION
~ At certain times of the year, particularly June and July, icebergsdrift south to the 48th parallel at which point the ice is considereda threat to shipping (Port of New York and New Jersey, 1974) . For thisreason, the North Atlantic Lane Routes (Table 11••2 and Figure 11-19)are recomanended for use when iceberos threaten more northern routes .The ice season, as defined by the Internatichal Ice Patrol, lasts fromlate February to July when ice is a threat to Track "C" and to thesouth or a major threat to Track "F" and to the south (U .S . Coast Guard,
:i n.d) . According to Dinsmore (1972), the ice menace is greatest offNewfoundland due to "the prevalence of fog, congregation of icebergs,concentration of traffic, and the presence of fishing vessels" . Theme8n maximum iceberg limit extends south of Newfoundland to 42°00'N,54 00'W (Ellis, 1968) . During the ice season shipping shifts southand may further alter great circle routes to avoid particularly danger-ous areas . The ice season is considered over when no ice'is likely tothreaten Track "C" and south, and when there is only a minor threat toTrack "F" (Figure 11-14) (U .S . Coast Guard, n .d .) .
11-70
~1
/~ .
.~,
~
`.
rMNN~yf, .
MOfO'" ~•' GREENLANO ~ ~~ ~ ,dowe..e.n
'\.aa EIwM ,
.' JQ7
Q 0 f 4
9y :` / : i+olf!oM~ Iwo• de" =O
.. s..noo. .eoaicl 1. ~ra../qa ...w Q
c+r . ~~ .6OWWSira/ ~ e~;`aA
~Fo..aWrAwoBar Q
: Q RfNT 4i.. . .
. ~ ~ '~~ . . .vm : .. ~I ~B9 g
o 9~p9 9~. c
O Q
CANADA ~~
ti sa . .
~
Bo/ of b1aWr ~ - . ' .f
Gut/Of ~.° I r° hEwrouNDLAND -
S r t <wnFNC~ w ~F~
coa Nrle
't°IOnT_wQ"fany 1~ kfon°f ~
. ' Mat,o . :..
C°ye Sa0k f GR~ Osoeu I.
/ GULF STREAM~
.z•4S•
Air
A
a .A L O N vEN/NSa." ~Coe Rxm_ i Q Q~ ~
~a
SND ~ \ Q Q
\' ~Q Q
NK
~1\ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
TRIGOM FIGURE11_19 Drift of Iceber s From Their Source into the
Dorth Atlantic ?Dinsmore, 1972)11-/1
! . ~\
, . , .~.~ . . .._ .r ._ .
i Table 11-23. ~stimated number of icebergs south of 48° North, 1900-1967U .S . Coast Guard, 1968)
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Total
* Season ended 04 September_- These three b_e_rgs actually drifted south of 48oN during the 1972 IceSeason ; however, to provide statistical continuity they are not inclu-ded in either the 1946-1972 or 1900-1972 tabulations . They will be in-cluded in the September monthly tabulation for the 1973 Ice Season .
These are exceptional iceberg sightings taken from the pilot charts .In all probability, they represent the closest approach of icebergs tothe coast of the United States in the last 80 years . Most of thesesightings were never verified and are therefore highly questionable intheir validity . The positions and distances from Atlantic City areapproximate .
*Note : Some discrepancies exist between this listing and HydrographicOffice Publication No . 700, Sec . III due to different sighting times .
11-74
FURTHER INFORMATION
Since long range trends cannot be predicted (Ellis, 1968), the Interna-tional Ice Patrol monitors the movement of icebergs potentially hazard-ous to shipping . The duties of Ice Patrol are presently conducted bythe U . S . Coast Guard, Atlantic Area, based in New York . The Patroloperates near the Grand Banks, off Newfoundland, and extends over a380,730 square km area . Data taken by patrol crews include latitude,longitude, ocean currents, wind values, and other general meteorologi-cal information (Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, 1974) .
Durinq a year's surveillance, the Ice Patrol conducts iceberg census,aerial observation flights, and maintains and plots ice informationcollected from ships, aircraft, and other ice observing agencies . Plotsare maintained of all reporting ships in the Ice Patrol area . In anear peak year, 1972, 82 reconnaissance flights were flown over icebergareas and the U .S .C .G .C "Evergreen" conducted oceanographic surveys inareas designated as critical (U .S . Coast Guard, 1972) . During the iceseason ice bulletins are broadcast twice a day and special ice informa-tion is available on request . Facsimile transmissions are made once aday to shipping in the region .
Charts entitled "Southern Ice Limits for North Atlantic" are preparedevery three days by the Fleet Weather Facility, Suitland, Maryland .The Facility also orepares a "30-Day Sea Ice Forecast for the North At-lantic" .
11-7F
11 .4 .7 CONFLICT AREAS
In 1968 the Department of Defense issued DoD Directive 3100 .5 which' details the purpose, responsibilities, scope, and purpose of the Off-
shore Military Activities Program (Table 11-26) . According to theU.S . Naval Oceanographic Office (1970), Fleet Operating Areas areestablished for the following purposes : (1) to provide areas for thetraining of surface, subsurface, and air units of the armed forces ;(2) to provide areas for testing ordnance, ships, and aircraft ofthe armed forces and other federal agencies ; (3) to facilitate sche-duling of exercises and tests with a minimum of interference betweenparticipating units and the general public ; and (4) to attain the
. most efficient usage possible of surface areas and the air space overthe areas .
Area clearance for surface and subsurface Navy traffic is required ofall Navy activities involving submersibles . Persons conducting non-Navynaval divir.g operations and wishing to avoid interference with fleetsurface or subsurface operations should forward the following infor-mation at least 60 days in advance : time of dive, location, depth,characteristics of support ship and submersible, a,hd a brief descrip-tion of mission to :
Commander, Atlantic AreaSubmarine ForceU .S. Atlantic FleetNorfolk, Virginia
Although civilian operators are not legally bound to clear diving oper-ations with Navy officials, possible dangers, such as being mistaken fora target ship, can be avoided if this precaution is, taken (Busby, etal ., 1968) . The time, date, and type of exercise to be conducted ~n anoperating area are also announced to the general public before exer-cises begin . HYDROLANT broadcasts, the Weekly Notice to Mariners, theDaily Memorandum, or local Coast Guard Notice to Mariners inform civil-ian vessel operators of the planned exercise . In addition, the oper-ational conmar'sr must ensure that the range is clear before beginningthe exercise . At all times the commander is responsible for the safetyof the general public and participating units (U .S , iVavy OceanographicOffice, 1970) .
Detailed charts of operating areas are available from the Defense MappingAgency Hydrographic Center, Washington, D .C . Recommended charts areNumber 1204 Operating Areas in the Vicinity of Virginia Capes (Cape Mayto Cape Hatteras) ; Number 132 Sub-surface Operating Areas SoutheastCoast of North America (including the Bahamas and Greater Antilles) ;Number 13101 Operating Areas Boston (northern part) (Bay of Fundy toCape Cod) ; Number 12121 Operating Areas Vicinity of Narragansett Bay ;and Number 13041 Operating Areas Boston (southern part : Georges Bankand Nahtucket Shoals) .
11-76
.- ~
~~
Department of Defense Directive,~F4
~i
i
SUBJECT DoD Offshore Military Activities Program
References : (a) "U .S.Navy/U.S .Air Force Study IdentifyingAlternatives to Existing Offshore Ranges,published April 7, 1966
(b) DoD Directive 4165 .6, "Real Pro_rerty Acquisition,ldanagement and Disposal," September 15, 1955
(c) DoD Instruction 4165 .12, "Prior Approval forReal Property Actions," February 6, 1967
(d) "The Outer Continental Shelf Tands Act" (P .L.212-83d Congress (43 USC 1331 et seq)
(e) "The Submerged Lands Act" (P .L . 31-83d Congress)(43 USD 1301 et seq)
I . PURPOSE
3
Table 11-26. June 29, 1968NUMBER 3100. 5
ASD I&L
This Directive establishes policies and procedures for theutilization of offshore public lands by the Department ofDefense . Consistent with the conclusions and reconnendationsof Reference (a), as modified and approved by the AssistantSecretary of Defense (Installations and Logistics), thisDirective will serve as the basis for the establishment ofa comprehensive Offshore Military Activities Program .
II . CANCELLATION
i DoD Directive 3100 .5, "Withdrawal-, Reservation and Restrictionof Public Lands," Noveuber 8, 1963, -is hereby car_celled .
III . APPLICABILITY AND SCOPE
~
A. The provisions of this Directive apply to all componentsof the Department of Defense ; and concern utilizationfor military purposes of the air space above, the surface,sub-surface and seabed of the Outer Continental Shelfand, when necefsary, state controlled offshore submergedlands which are used for military purposes .
B. The policies and procedures established by Aeferences (b) and(c) are in no vay modified by the provisions of this Directive .
C. 2 e responsibilities of the Secretary of the Navy arising byreason of the provisions of the Narine F esources and Engineer-ing Development Act of 1966, 80 Stat . 203, P .L. 89-454 are inno ray limited by this Directive . P11rthermore, the Secretaryof the Navy shall serve as the representative of the Depart-ment of Defense on matters for which he is assigned responsi-bility pursuant to P.L. 89-454 ; he shall keep the ASD(I&L)fully informed of programs planned or developed ar,d actionstaken in this connection, so that consistency re.y be maintainedbetween the Marine Assources Program and the Offshore 2+tilitaryActivities Program .
D. In the administration of navigation lav with respect to naviga-tion permits, the Corps of Engineers as a matter of generalpolicy conducts liaison vith the Military Departments prior tothe issuance of a public notice in regard to a proposed estab-lisbment of danger zones, fairways or anchorages and prior togranting drillird permits in the offshore area to insure com-patibility with the Offshore bfilitary Activities Program .
IV. DEFIlVITIONS (as used i .n this Directive )
A. Mie term "Qiter Continental C.helf" means all of the subLergedlands of which the subsoil and seabed appertain to the UnitedStates and which are subject to its juri:.diction and control,as defined in Reference (d), which lie seavardd and outside ofthe area of lands beneath navigable vaters, as defined inSection 2 of Reference (e ) .
B. 7ba term "State Controlled Offshore Sub®erged Ie.nds, " means]ands beneath navigable waters, as defined in Section 2 ofReference (e ) .
C. The term "offshore public lands" means all subnierged landa ofthe Outer Continental Shelf and state controlled offshoresubmerged lands .
D. 4he term ~`QPfshore ldilitary Activities Program" means theprogram established herein to implement Department of Defensepolicies and procedures for those activities, operations andinstallations which require an offshore environment .
V. POLICY
7he Department of Defense supports the basic principle that publiclands comprising the Outer Continental %elf and state controlledoffshore submerged lands should bA utilized or, to the extent
11-78
t ` '
Table 11-25 . (cont .) Jun 29, 683100 .5
feasibhej, be co-utilized in the hidhest national interest . It isUsential that the Diepsrtment of Defense utilize substantialportions of such lands to mintain the effectiveness of its forcestructure; hooevnr, it is the policy of the Department of Defensethat in utilizing offssore public laads, the Department of Defensevill make •sse of the nini- amount of such :ands as are essentialfor military purposes and will accom®odate, on a shsred-us3 basisnon-military interests to the maxiaum extent determined to beiilttarily and economical.l,y feasible.
A. Ui+on determinatiaz by the Department of the Interior, or thecoastal states, that the mineral potential of certain offshorepublic lands presently or proposed to be utilized for militarypurposes is of such importance that making such lands availablefor mineral production is highly desirable, the Lhpartsw_n~; ofDefense wil]l endeavor to acco=odate to the maximum feasibleextent the ,t,oint military-co~ercial utiLtzation of subsiergedlands.
~B. Yu the event it is determined that non-military interests
cannot be accommodated without degradation of military programsnot acceptable to the Department of Defense tnd alternativesare not available or are economically or militarily infz^-dlble,the Department of Defense will endeavor to reach agreementwith the Department of the Interior or the coastal states, asapplicable, to exclude such areas from zurrent and proposedleasing programs.
VI . RESPORSIBILITIES
A. 7he Assistant Secretary of Defense (I&L) or his designee,acting for the Secretary of Dr'ense will :
1. Develop and maintain a comprehensive program for the mili-tary use of the offshore envtrorment to meet the objec-tives of the policies establisr-d hereir_ r:nd will providedirection and guidance to the mill.tary,d..pa.rtments, asappronriate. -
2. Aaview and judge programs of the military departmentsdesigned to meet the objectives of policies establishedherewith.
3. Pegotiate, with the advice and asbistance of the appro-priate military departments, and enter into such admin-istrative arra:geneats and agreements with the Departmentof the Interior and the coastal states as may be necessaryto assure that their leasing plans and programs remaincompatible with Department of Defense missions . Each
11-79
r- .
EF
~
Table 11-26 . (cont .), • .E ~
~ interested military department shall be notified as soon asf- such negotiations or preliminnry discussions are contenaplated
~given the option of attendi ng any negotiations or discussions
k in an advisory capacity, and in any case be informed ful3jy of
~ the results thereof .
i 4. Conduct continuing liaison with the Deparfiment of the Interiorand appropriate coastal states to insure harmonious relatiou-ships betveen their progrems and those programs of the Depart-aent of Defense vhich must be carried out on or over offshore
_.~ .~ . public lands; snd ilirther, inform concerned military depart-~- %
•ments of new developments in mineral leasing plans of the~
y= Department of the Interior, coastal states and those industry~ prx*raw of significance to current or foreseeable military
interests in offshore public lands .
', B. Under the general direction of the ASD(I&L), the military depart-~ eaeats will :
r 1. Arview proposed mineral leasing maps of the Department of theInterior and the coastal states and advise ASD(I&L) of areasproposed for lease vhich could be incompatible with militarymissions, and reeomend conditions and stipulations whichshould be imposed in leases to assure the integrity of military .missions and otherwise protect the interests of the UnitedStates against claima arising out of damage to property and/orinjury to non-military persons .
_ . E 2. Setablish and maintain lines of ca mimunication and coordinationso that each of the mil'_tary depart ments are fulivjr cognizantof plans, programs, and negotiatiens of other military depart-
+ t nents with respect to offshore public ]ands, to assure com-~ patibility within the entire military framework. bhch coordi-[ nation is hereby authorized and encour aged .
3. Upon receipt of advice from the Corps of Engineers as to intent,conduct liaison with the Corps of Argineers, prior to the
~ issuance of a public notice by the Corps of Engineers in regard~ to t2-.e proposed establishment of danger zones, fairWays and~ ~ anchorages, or the issuance of permits for~offshore drilling~ to ensure the compatibility with offshoro defense prograns .
Whintain a continuing review of military programs and weaponsystems to support recaormended amendments or addenda toreference (a) and take other appropriate action with respectthereto with the approval of the Assistant Secretary ofDefense (I&.i.) .
. • ~
~.-, 11-60
~ : . •
~
r
~
.,
.'f
/ -
Jun 29, 633100 .5
Table j•1-26 . (cont
5• Inform the Department of the Army (Office of the C;.3iefof Fbgineers ) of a,W change In the status of aaredUse Areas, Temporary Bcclusive Use Areas, andFmclusiv+e Use Areas .
6. Develop legislation, when requested by the ASD(I&L)pursusnt to P .L. 85-337 (43 U.S.C . 156), to restrictagainst operetion of the mineral leasing provisionsof the Outer Continental Shelf Isnds Act .
7. Conduct other activities related to the offshore environaant as requested by the ASD(I&L) .
VII. &FFECTIVE MTS AND IMPIF.MMMATION
A. 4his Directive is effectiveimediately.
B. Each military deparl:ment vill suimit to the Assistant Secretaryof Defense (Installations and Logistics) within sixty (60)days of the date of this Directive such new Aegulations andInstructions as may be required to implement this Directive .
The Fleet Operating Areas shown in Figure 11-20 were put into effect1 October, 1969 . Figure 11-21 shows subsurface operating areas in
A effect August, 1972 .
11 .4 .8 BUOYED ARRAYS AND BOTTOM-MOUNTED HARDWARE
The locatia^n of buoys, moorings, and arrays that are considered a hazardto surface navigation are shown on U .S . Coast and Geodetic Survey charts .Mariners are notified of any changes in buoy locations through "Notice
' to Mariners" and "Local Notice to Mariners" which are prepared jointlyby the National Ocean Survey and U .S . Coast Guard and published eachweek by the Defense Mapping Agency Hydrographic Center .
Although buoys are not generally considered a serious threat to surface~ navigation in deep water, buoyed arrays and bottom-mounted hardware usually• " have attached cables which can entangle submersibles . Bottom-mounted
hardware is used for navigation and tracking during tactical exercises .The equipment may consist of hydrophones, panel arrays, transponder, andpingers to name a few (Busby, Hunt, and Rainnie, 1968) . Some of the heavier
.s' equipment may move downslope after implantation, tightly stretchingattached cables .
Other arrays are frequently used to measure temperature, salinity, soundspeed, currents, pressure or other parameters . These oceanographicarrays are sometimes anchored on the bottom and buoyed at the surface .
, The installer must report such arrays to the Oceanographic Office andthe Coast Guard since the arrays may be hazardous to surface travel .Sub-surface buoyed arrays may or may not be marked with a surface buoy .
.~ Generally, w,:en no surface marker is present above a sub-surface buoy,it is deep enough to prevent it from being a hazard to surface navigation .
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution deploys a number of oceanographicarrays in its research programs and these are described in Table 11-27 .
1 Figure 11-22 shows the approximate location of the arrays . Buoy groups1 no. 553, 554, and 555 will be removed in December 1975 . At this time
the remainder of buoys will be replaced and will remain in place until.,~ October, 1976. Three engineering moorings will be set south of Woods
Hole just off the shelf and will remain untii February, 1976 .~~ Other institutions such as the Virginia Institute of Marine Science and~~ the Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory may also employ oceanographic
, arrays as part of specific research programs . The National Climatic~ Center also operates a number of buoys designed to report meteorological. . ~ and oceanographic data for the National Weather Service . None of these
Table 1i-27 . Buoy groups of Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution(fixed monitoring buoys)
Buoy Grcup Set Position Purpose Depth
553 28 April 1975 lat . 31°46 .9'N VACM; T/D 4353 mlong . 64°26.2'W
554 29 April 1975 lat . 32°21 .5'N VACM; T/D 4774 mlong . 65°27 .0'W
555 29 April 1975 lat . 32°59'N VACM; T/D 4527 mlong . 64°23.8'W
557 3 May 1975 lat . 35°53.0'N VACM ; T/D 5089 mlong . 55°03.8'W
558 4 May 1975 lat . 35°56 .8'N VACM ; T/D 5379 mlong . 54°40.5'W
559 4 May 1975 lat . 35°58 .2'N VACM ; T/D 5478 mlong . 53°45 .8'W
560 6 May 1975 lat . 41°29 .15'N test Kevlar ; 4774 mlong . 54°59 .78'W T/D
561 6 May 1975 lat . 40°28 .0'N test Kevlar ; 5171 mlong . 55°00 .0'W T/D
562 7 May 1975 lat . 39°29 .0'N test Kevlar ; 5279 mlong . 54°59 .2'W T/D
563 7 May 1975 lat . 38°29 .8'N test Kev:ar ; 5353 mlong . 54°58 .0'W T/D
564 7 May 1975 lat . 37°29 .5'N VACM ; T/D 5350 mlong . 55°00.0'W
565 8 May 1975 lat . 35°36.0'N VACM; T/D 5162 mlong . 55°05.0'W
566 9 May 1975 lat . 34°53.45'N VACM ; T/D 5515 mlong . 55°01 .70'W
567 14 May 1975 lat . 31°35.9'N VACM ; T/D 5296 mlong . 55.05.0'W
568 15 May 1975 lat . 35°55 .826'N VACM ; T/D 5205 mlong . 59001 .67114 Milli man sample .
11-85
. ~. : . -
~
~
. . ;.
. '.~.
Table 11-27 . (cont.)
Buoy Group Set Position Purpose Depth
569 13 Aug. 1975 lat. 39°01.2'N VACM 2941 mlong . 71°18.2'W
ExplanAtion of Abbreviations Used in Table 11-27 .
VACM - vector averaqing current meter (speed, direction, water temperature)
T/D - temperature depth recorder
Miliiman - dissolution rates of silicate
Kevlar - mone .`i :ament being tested in a mooring line
11-86
~
.I
iiieiiiim _ i ~ . . . . .~~
.•,.•;.
.••
~
~
I
~
~~Ul
~~~
~
(0
~
~
~
~
~
~(0
8
0)~~~C0
r-
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
TRIGQM FIGURE11-22
Approximate Locations of WNOI Buoy Groups
- _ --__ --- -----_ - ~
11 .4 .9 REFERENCES
American Telephone and Telegraph Company . 1961, 1963, 1965, 1975 .Submarine cable record . New York . unpub . data sheets .
American Telephone and Telegraph Company . Rev . 1963 . T .A.T . Submarinecables : North Atlantic Ocean northern sheet . U .S . Navy Hydrogr .Office, H .O. 5247 .
Anonymous . 1973. Ships and structures : cold water eddies may speedEast Coast shipping . Sea Technol ., 14(8) : 29 .
Bass, G. (personal communication, 1975) . President, American Instituteof Nautical Archaeology, Philadelphia, Pa .
Berman, B .D . 1973 . Encyclopedia of American shipwrecks . MarinersPress, Inc ., Boston, Mass . 308 n .
Bowditch, N . 1958. American practicial navigator : an epitome of navi-gation . U .S . Navy Hydrogr . Office, U .S. Govt . Print. Office .1524 p .
Brown, R. P . and E.H . Shenton . 1972 . Evaluating waste disposal atsea - the critical role of information management . In : Mar . TechnolSoc . 1971 Annu . Meet . Proceed ., p. 353-363 .
Bryan, R. (personal communication, Sept . 1975) . Senior Project Manager,Div . Ship Management, Maritime Administration, Washington, D .C .
Busby, R.F ., L .M. Hunt, and W .O . Rainnie . 1968 . Hazards of the deep .Ocean Ind ., 3(7) : 72-77 ; 3(8) : 32-39 ; 3(8) : 53-58 .
Council on Environmental Quality . 1970 . Ocean dumping : a nationalpolicy . Rep . to the President, U .S . Govt . Print . Office . 45 p .
Daugherty, F.M ., Jr., and J . Carroll . 1968 . Search for the "Stevenson" .Undersea Technol ., 9(4) : 26-30, 46 .
Defense Mapping Agency Hydrographic Center . 1973 . Operating areas -vicinity of Narragansett Bay : approaches to New York-NantucketShoals to Five Fathom Banks . Loran A Edition, 14th . ed ., 12121 .
1974 . Operating areas- Boston (southern part) - GeorgesBank and Nantucket Shoals . Loran A ed ., 4th . ed ., 13041 .
ll-3B
_ ,.~... ..,..r..~» .~ .~.~ .,.~.=
~
Y
1974. Subsurface operating areas, North Atlantic Ocean,Southeast Coast of North America including the Bahamas and GreaterAntilles . 6th . ed ., 132 .
. 1974 . Operatings areas - BostoR (northern part) Bay of. Fundy to Cape Cod . Loran A ed ., 5th . ed ., 13101 .
~ . 1974 . Cape May to Cape Hatteras, operatiny areas vicinityof Virginia Cape . 16th ed., 12041 .L.
Dinsmore, R . R. 1972 . Ice and its drift into the North Atlantic Ocean .Int. Comm . for the NW Atl . Fish ., Spec . Publ . 8 : 89-128 .
Eaton, R .H. (personal communication, December 1975) . Director of Plans,Requirements and Technology Directorate, Defense Mapping Agency,Hydrographic Center, Washington, D .C.
Ellis, W .S. 1968. Tracking danger with the Ice Patrol . Nat . Geogr.,June, p. 780-787 .
Fleming, R. 1971 . A primer of shipwrecks research and records fromskin divers, Milwaukee, Wisc . Geobal Mfg . Corp .
Folger, W. (personal communication, Oct . 1975) . Captain, First CoastGuard District, Boston, Mass .
Frank, S . (personal coimnunication, Nov . 1975) . Retired Chief PettyOfficer, U .S . Coast Guard, So . Portland, Maine .
= Ketchem, C. (personal communication, Nov. 1975) . U .S . Coast Guard,International Ice Patrol, New York, N .Y .
Kurak, S . 1967 . Operation ~HASE . U .S . Naval Inst . Proceed., 93(9) :40-46 .
Livingston, F .F . (personal communication, Sept . 1975) . Director ofMarine Intelligence, Maritime Ass . of the Port of New York, N .Y .
Lonsdale, A.L . and H.R. Kaplan . 1964 . A guide to sunken ships inAmerican waters . Arlington, Va ., Compass Publ .
MacDonald, N .zt. (personal communication, Sept . 1975) . Chief, InformationSystems Division, U .S. Coast Guard, New York, N .Y .
Maritime Coast Pilots . 1948. Cape Sable to Cape Hatteras : distancecharts . New York, N .Y .
Marx, R . F . 1971 . Shipwrecks of the Western Hemisphere 1442-1825 .New York World Publishing Co ., New York, N .Y .
11-89
f
~
McDowell, C.E . and H .M. Gibbs . 1954. Ocean transport3tion . NewYork, McGraw-Hill Book Co . 475 p .
Mellor, D .G. (personal communication, July 1975) . Manager, MaritimeResearch Information Service, National Research Council, Washington,D.C .
t Murray, J.E . n.d . On the drift, deterioration, and distribution oficebergs in the North Atlantic Ocean . U .S . Coast Guard, N.Y .
~ 11 p.
National Ocean Survey . 1973 . Coast and geodetic survey chart -° Georges Bank and Nantucket Shoals . 14th . ed ., 1107 .
. 1971 . Coast and geodetic survey chart - Cape Sable to CapeHatteras . 25th . ed ., 1000 .
1973 . Coast and geodetic survey chart - approaches toNew York : Nantucket Shoals to Five Fat4m Bank . 21st . ed ., 1108 .
r. 1975. Coast and geodetic survey chart - Cape May to Cape
Hatteras . 27th . ed ., 12200 . .
Newton, J .G., O .H. Pilkey, and J .O . Blanton . 1971 . Arn oceanographicatlas of the Carolina continental margin . Duke Univ . Mar . Lab .supported by N .C . Bd . Sci . and Technol ., in cooperation with N .C .Dept . Conserv . and Develop . 57 p .
Peale, A.H . n . d . Unpublished data : worldwide mine field records,1900-1954, U .S . Naval Ordnance Laboratqry, White Oak, N .C .
Perkins, D .E . (personal communication, Aug . 1975).Captain, U .S . Coast Guard,Third Coast Guard District, New York .
e~
Port Authority of New York and New Jersey . 1974 . Mission North Atlantic .Via Port of New York, 26(2) : 6-9 .
Sawyer, S .G. (personal communication, Sept . 1975). Chairman, Nautical Sci .Dept ., Maine Maritime Academy, Castine,'Maine .
Smith, D .D . and R.P . Brown . 1971 . Ocean disposal of barge-deliveredliquid and solid wastes from U .S . coastal cities . For : U .S .Environ . Prot . Agy., Solid Waste Manage . Office . SW-19c .
Snow, E .R . (personal communication,Sept . 1975) . Marshfield, Mass .
Sprankle, C .H . (personal communication, Sept . 1975) . American Telephoneand Telegraph, N .Y ., N .Y .
Switzer, D.C . (personal communication, Nov . 1975) . Professor of History,Dept . of Social Sciences, Plymouth State College of the Univ . ofNew Hampshire, Plymouth, N .H .
11-90
Thompson, R. 1973 . Blueprinting global water traffic . Ocean Industry,8(7) : 37-39 .
U.S . Army Corps of Engineers . 1974. Waterborne commerce of the UnitedStates, calendar year 1973, part I, waterways and harbors, Atlan-tic Coast . Maritime Administration, Washington, D .C .
U .S . Coast Guard . 1968 . Report of the International Ice Patrol Servicein the North Atlantic Ocean, season of 1967 . CG -188-22, Bull . 53 .New York, N .Y . 52 p .
. 1973 . Report of the International Ice Patrol Service inthe North Atlantic Ocean, season of 1972 . CG-188-27, Bull . 58 .
58 p .
k , International Ice Patrol . n.d . Iceberg and Ice Patrol informa-tion . Unpublished data, New York, N .Y .
U .S . Defense Mapping Agency, Hydrographic Center . 1972 . Subsurfaceoperating areas, southeast coast of North America including theBahamas and Greater Antilles . Washington, D .C . 6th . ed .
U .S . Department of Commerce, NOAA . 1974 . Report to the Congress onocean dumping and other man-induced changes to ocean ecosystems,October 1972 through December 1973 . U .S . Govt . Print . Office . 96 p .
U.S . Department of Commerce, Maritime Administration . 1975 . EssentialUnited States foreign trade routes . U .S . Govt . Print . Office . 79 p .
U.S . Department of the Navy . 1963 . Oceanographic atlas of the NorthAtlantic Ocean, section III . Hydrogr . Office Publ . 700, Washington,D .C .
, Naval Ordnance Systems Command . n .d . Dpep water-disposal :background information . Unpublished data sheets, Washington, D .C .
U .S . Naval Oceanographic Office . 1970 . Pilot chart of the NorthPacific Ocean, fleet operating areas, western Atlantic Ocean, northernpart . Hydrogr . Office, 1401, Washington, D .C .
U .S . Naval Oceanographic Office and Environmental Data Service . Jan . 1974,Sept . 1974, Dec . 1974, Aug . 1974 . Pilot chart of the North AtlanticOcean . Defense Mapping Agency Hydrogr . Center, Washington, D .C . No . 16.
U .S . Naval Oceanographic Office . n .d . Distance between ports . Hydrogr .Office Publ . 151, Washington, D .C .
11-91
,
i ~ •
is~n.rp~
#
Verger, J .L., R.W. Buelow, and B .H . Pringle . 1959 . Ocean disposal ofwaste material - off Delaware Bay and New York Bight . In : Proceed-ings, Second Mid-Atlantic Industrial Waste Conference, Drexel Inst .of Technol ., Nov. 18-20, 1968 . Philadelphia, Pa ., p . 127-153 .
Watts, G .P ., Jr. 1975 . Archival research and technology : keys tothe location and identification of the ironclad U .S .S . t6ITUk .Paper presented at Conf . on Underwater Archaeol ., SHA Convention,Charleston, S .C., Jan . 1975. 16 p .~
(personal conmunication, Nov . 1975) . Underwater Archaeologist,Division of Archives and History, N.C . Dept . of Cultural Resources,Kure Beach, N .C .
1 FLA4 f9PL CMANT SVNK 19PE MySIf1UN TfPL rEP/N YA1L UATL WATR YJUwCL 4NVS!OF JF r9 OF OF IN uf UF 0/
;R NAME OF /INLCK ∎hECK •NECK INFO •LA4 A4EN7 EVAL YOSIT!Uh UAy LATITUJL Lu-411UUt /EET FJ• YuAA /NFy IhFO IOhS
/ uNKNJAN LVO L SN 2 JyJIJO Jly17MY U749MS uJIJrS L d~ LMPINL 4LM tltl IAN Lu1 bE So L SN t Jbylr9 y/bLOJ9 L1V1 JtlutiVti ulLMN2 yeLLsS le UtllJ.9. SOUIMLNN ISLLS Ui C4V MC F 2 Jfu1sV u/YlYUO IuVYYI a2 hr U7JIf/ OE 740 UEb IUU Y VA 2 JbuJYe y/LJ9J• J999 y-6 ISs9 It .1 VIANUND 5MVAL L9 US IUU 4M Stl [ SN 2 JbU4y• U,fJUUU 1• y72JSy 2r
/ TLNAS us C40 2UU VS MC E • SN 2 JpUMSL „/SL3IS 2076 Odyrr'1 uJ1lY2 ue2lvb I• NILIL! UNKNOeN US SCM )Utl US MC L NN 2 JbuS4L y/SJYSq J/lb1Y uleUS}! le1 AUSTNALIA uS TAN )U9 4L Stl L U5 2 JSU71e . lbLLU)• IUr[ J'l JU+L ~J17Y4 yeLLbS le 11e201 LANCIN(. NO TAN IuY 4E Sd b VA 2 JYutlJU uISLLUO u'IU7ML u021rf le U70e•
. UNKNUON JUY L VA 2 JSuONO u7SLOV0 U7a9Nti J029y5 le •
I MARIT II NO TAN / I J.y9uU u/JJ'IU0 ~O 17 U7~17L1tlCNAiON US L4V 209 4 1; Stl L UA 2 Jyu9uU ./SJ1Sr yV VJIIrL u021SY le J772u
! tlNITISMSPLENO tlR IAN 213 4L $d L SN I JSU9L• y/YlOly duSl urlurr ..YU1Y2 ud22 .Y 1• Y71J•
A LOULVU0IS 4R C40 2U .1 4E $tl E us 2 Ja1U1/ J/SL1J2 L0J0 uOUhMY yJ1/V2 VOlYtitl 1e uS1u•-4 , PINE N104L US TAN MC 6 2 Jl11JU 1./JJYUO OU oV 1/ 10517-.! ' A R MEIDRI1tLM US C4U )Utl Vi MC 4 VA 2 JSIIJU ~/btiSUO ILl95M yJUJYL uriLsY le UU09~
LMPINE TMNUSM YR C4U )Ui 46 Stl L . V5 I JbllaO yl`+lble 1U91 U7[9YY u414MC UeLsef le UAIOu~ VhKNJON IOU L T/ 2 Jp/JJU J/'+19UU le
' JNKNOAN IOU , L Tr 2 J .aiJUu uJbiVUU Ib
MALF MOON us 1«M IOU L CS 2 Ja1Jlu y/SJ7Slf yYlLeb le
UNKNURN JOU L SN 2 JbiJJu u7S1142 uOytiYN Vlltls! le
MLNAK us C4Y IVU 4L Stl 4 us 2 J51JY3 JI61LVA LJ7J u'Iy1LJ yYU01d yOlOyb 1e IlJVL4
VNKNUAN LUU L NM L JYIJVtl y/Y1/17 u/le% s le
N C OKLALN US tAM 3040 VS MC to NM 2 Je1S10 „75LU21 uL1'IyJ fJ u.2L% a loJAMES COtlVNN us !CM 2- 3bLJUU VedJLVO uy1/Ly t'7 4 . UUy07
CITT UF ATLANT A VS C4V 200 (4L Stl L US 2 JSL320 V7'+LJIY LV47 Me u119yL Udla4! lo US269
UNKNUAN 2U2 L SR 2 JbL3bJ u/SUeb& LUSO USIUYY VeUdsb le
CILTrAIRA LA C4U 10• 4E SB Y UA 2 JYL9UU y/SL1U0 y11Y4t u/leyb 2r U 3I79
L J tlLNRINO us 5CM MC L Jl2YUJ u/1atlV0 vIJVJO .O Y . U11-0 1
UNKNUAN 211 L 2 Jl2tlu• ulSLtlyO 15
tlEOLUf us PAT 300 VS MC 4 us 7 JlL9uV u/SIYUU u91MYY V/Laya 1e U022J
JACKSVN us PAT IJ• US MC 6 VS Z JiL9UU VlSISUO 611444 y/2sp5 le y0L2U
LMANNT CA C4V 4 2 JYJUJU UeSUSUO V& w• 17 U2Je11
A N MC CUROY US SCM MC 2 JY3UUU u7J15V0 /21•/LV sl .0r U077Y
• L L POLLAKO us SLM MC 2 JSJODU U/YIU00 IUJIU• „9 • . JOay/
~ UNCLASSIFIEO UNCLAS cI f ILO urCLASSIFILO ll k(LASSIF IEU uNCLASSIf ILO UNCLASS/F1E0
12/09/ 76 N4N:bU6NA hINL (6NTACT t
6RF(K FLA6 IYPL ( MAkT SuhK IYPE FvSIT10N TYPE vEPTN 6ATL OAiL OATF SOVM(L iROSSOF OF bT OF OF Ih v/ OF 0/
hUr6ER NAML OF 6kECK MkE(K Ak't(K 1NFU FLA4 A4LN l LYAL DOSITION •UAV LATIIVOL L4n411UDL /EL1 Fl* SUNK INFO INiO TONf
K706 UNKNUAh Fb4 4 NM 2 )S3I04 v7Sa 140 11c9 04010 16 '$749 M P SM6kLS uS S(M M( 2 ibyluv y/3ti600 42u109 v9 VN 00913 1y'0407 MAnONL uS L G4 24u 4E SR L us 2 )S 3 2)Y v o S1669 207u 07 d9r• u226v2 07260 16 062l10606 SAN uLUFt4/r bk TAN tUl 616 Sb L bk 2 )l376, u/cS3'Lb 1141 064444 LMU992 Ub22cb 16 06u726760 M(OMPION uS bCM M( 2 3b)b" u 1 3Y000 I1u606 y9 •• 0066)0044 NELIANCE : U3 C40 IOb VS MC 4 uA 2 ~l S60uu „7Sib00 ulu393 u6lbbb 'L• 00[3ti0436 MAkLYN uS T6k 306 US M( L NM 2 3SV164 u/61626 07u1c6 4,32746 u622bb 160136 MlRtO tlR (. 60 306 4E S6 L U! 2 ) 6 % 2uu . . l 5~530 0 % u123 641616 u71Bbb 16 06976
1c91 uNKh06A, L (S 2 36c3U6 v7S'c916 0160 24
Kc95 uNKh06h 20V L hM 2 JV# 7Ue u7S36b• v a 1966 16 .•11N) uNKN06 . 100 6 SN 2 3SM90u u7YSb0O u707 4 3 161vb0 31,0435 uhKh06h US S(M a 00 L LS 2 3SSOh it y76332/ 4016 O 9ub/6 UbOBS6 16OV06 ur66 6E Su0 306 E uA 2 )SS)1 d u761700 ObZCC9 y616M2 6627c6 16 OOb40
6Y76 k N 61L(OR uS TR6 M( A 2 3bb6uu u73M200 u93pti3 c6 M• (U02ti76792 LE0N10AS uS L6u MC 2 abb7uu u65SU60 U61116 19 M• U0924BLr0 Ai1K uS C6U 306 E hM 2 36u6uu u/VUU00 u3 ic sr2 b7 tib
B_B3 MORMA(KITE uS C66 F bC 2 36uuuu v731600 b . 17 06196
06AS OLYMPI( Ph 1AN 366 66 SB 6 uA 2 36uluu y '763u00 201u 1i19b9 41i2ti2 0b0bS6 16 Ob336
0,50 VINOL66EN NO C4 0 100 6L SB 6 uA 2 36u2uu u!12G00 061016 u6lulb ,3 36 0 3 179
171U uNKN06N - --- 200 2 36U21b~__u>Sh415 Ib
6772 R 6 OUh L'S S(M MC 2 36u9iiy u73320D y'1061b IS tiV O060S0605 YORK uS (40 202 4L Sb L VA 2 J 6GrJu u7b13c2 2074 Oiu l ch M'l 4711b6 16 01600
YNCLA ID SIriLU uNCLAS% I F ILU u I LLAaS1 /ILU UN(LAi31fILM YNCLASSII'ILY uN(LAS>/I/Ltl
il ` IIIU9/I~ NON-bVdM . M1NL LONTAGT! '
~; .NrCK lLA4 ITPL ( MANT %YNK tYPE PuSIT10N TTPE ULPtM UATL OA1L uAtL 9UUMGE 6/10Sf~ ul Uf dT OF OF IN uP Yi or
I,
NUMyL
#N NAML O( •NLGK .MECK wMLGK INiU rLA4 A4LHt E V AL YOSITIUN YUAu LAIITUUL Lu -.4/1UOL YLLT / /A SYNK INiU INfO TONS
4766 F PAMaUNS tlN C(fU F US 2 J7UUUV uW)uUUO YrL2Y3 U027uLr56 uNRNOMN 20U L (S 2 J)UUUJ u/b1r30 Ur227L 1 .~Or26 J0MN MON WAN U1 L4U 2U3 U~ NG L us 2 J/UUUb u/SLr25 LUSI urlYrv Y6UIMJ YJIUV>, 2s U711.
I
, In01 UNKNuAh 3UM f NM 2 J/u03u u/bJYUO 111449 120SY• 10' 7E 179B UtlS aLAPLANi JU! E NM 2 J7012u u/ b5J 3 1, SU UYIfy0 16' ' L1rY SPANTAN LAUf LI TAN IUu MC u BC I J7u2UJ u 6 )r9U0 Lru7)S Jr /Y 17 126 .'9C Or2U YNRNU.N 2ul E us t J)ultr V/4s61I 2Uly 3Y u31Urf 2L
$760 tUITn uLGOTT US SCM ML 2 J)u3UU u * SJUUO utlu7lrJ 11 rr O/IYr1119 uNKNUAN 300 b uS 2 J)u3uJ u)bYbbr Y6 !u 2 .0U431 tlRALIL AN C4U LUU AN MC L us 2 J)ull• Y/ytllUS L0L3 r7 urU9Y2 Ib 02JY• :1121 iMAN(IS U nuTLL US SCM 3u2 L LN 2 37uJ1Y u/SS11• 102r 2% VYId i Y 1•
! 1 U.32 uNKN06v 2uU L US 2 J)u32r u/SSrUO LOII Y7 Is ,• ! " +r 019) u(LAn YLNIVeL YR LYV LUU 4L Stl L LR 2 J7U )Jf u/Yf020 U2UtlY2 Y310Y9 29 U71/r
1 -~ KrrY PC 110 us uLa 2uU hG E Tr 2 J)u7uu u73JYUO 11236b ll[66r la~I ~ t 6190tD MLMIUA us G4u MC F 2 37u7UU U7rYL30 4>•1211 11 rr U6L0)~! f lJ0 ON7Y uNKNU * h luu L SM 2 J) j 73u u7v3r30 UllJrr uJIUvs 22
K4 61 USPNLI AM IUY 2UY L NM 2 J7UiVU U/StiIYY 12Id.6 16J4tlS L1 K 1 IIK/ SCM ML / 2 J710UU ~/LJ2U0 Illu 12u26r ILUJAr 17
;~ K * 7J LA - Ll1L IU71 us G4u IUU US NC Y 7T 2 J710VU u/3Jtl36 U111 .6 /L .t~ OY2tl uNKMUAh _2UU -L- SN 2 J)IOJu
__uJYJJJO 0113410 UJIurY 2L
.I ; K172 SAN 1N4LLSIAS US Uy b US ' Y Tt 2 J)I2VU u/rLlup YY16.f I2 ,, ~ RIIU (UAST• MAAI ..LN US U9S US E sc 2 J7122Y u/rJl00 U71b6b u71b6 , u/ISOS 1t '
'{ + K9bu MLVLILLE SCN E NM 2 J713s10 u/Srr31 IUUI u6016d 161145 uNKMU~•. IOU E SN 2 J)lrOD UIr31r2 YY uYUSrS 16011d SUtlCMASLN 1107 VS LNA IOU MG tl UA 2 371ilu u/l3U90 YtlUrl0 UYU12 3 2 .1 U0U77Or2Y pINGM LAKL us tl4L IU2 L us 2 J71S21 U/SJ71S 20rU SU urU7Y3 U36uYb 2L •tl76tl .L/(t LOMY us SCN MC 2 J716Jv Y/1J6U0 ullJl! !b rY 003/J '
UAAr VNKNU~•. 2U0 Y SR 2 J717UU u/rJU30 UYO6tib 1• .
•R VCR fLA4 ITPt CnART tunK 1TPE PJbIT10N iTPE YEPIM YATL uA1L uATt SuvNCt 4ROS! ~Yr ur uT 0r 0r IN ~f 0r ur
. NUnsLM hAMI, Or •RLCK 6NLCK •RECR INfO rLA4 A4ENf L V AL POlIT{Yh WUAY LATITUYL L4b41TUDL fEtT f1A SUNR INf4 IhrO TONS ,
9454 L1Ntl C LE C4u MC r 2 J7tluu u761600 60 •0 17 !02647K\rl uNRhO Ah Iul E hN 2 J7LIJ• u/b112r 4717.6 1• ~
. 9094 uNRhOAN IOU t TT 2 j7t7 jU u/rr200 Ib {4409 A C MAT uS bCM MC 2 J72yvv u713Y00 Y6212Y IY rr 0071J0 0 21 NATIL DuNh uS St,n IOU 6E SO 4 UA 2 J7truu u7bJ6u0 Yit616 uh01 it 3 23 u0r3b, ~
; K72• uuSTNUCTION ftlJ 200 t TV 2 J72bJu u/r)UYO Itt L70t uNKNOAN t 1j 0 6 NN 2 j 726 U u y/rr1u9 1125 121rA• 1•r L7 3U uNKNV•N IOU L [A 2 J 1t62r u7rr1u6 1192 07207% u722/r It
t~~ IrOr MAUPPAJ6L u5 C4Y IOU 4L So f uA 2 Jlt/uv u~bJ9Y0 462611 Dr0113 23 01rr6
~ Lr20 uhRNUAN IOU 4 CS 2 J7271a u7537r7 140971 16,0\96 fRANL :S POdtL uS IAN IJO 4L Sd [ uS 2 4727,440 u7b16r2 vlt7r2 u)lurb 2t 0709•~L707 VNRNJAN IOU u C4 2 J7i9JU u7rJrY0 1120 UJ2273 16 ~
•104 /nuVSfM1AL bk S(n i bA 2 JauOuU v•abUO IUv 4 I• 2Y O0JJV4414 KMINVSJAA N0 SCM F NA 2 JOJLUY J/1MUV0 v .l'/1b Js U17Sv0440 SAMVtL 6 MLNVLI US aCM / VU 1.E SO V VA 2 J.UJVV Y/ 3 J•u0 Y•V 3 Ib VbuJlb $ J [J UU 9 ab
1a07 uhKhu . n j YV t 2 JbUJUU u/ % 1/10 1904 34 1T AV % vSTINt us bUN IYU YS MC 4 !il 2 J .YVVJ V/YU.UU v/ub'1 4 YJIU 4 b ! 4 OIbJb
K .v! MI .AL rbV V hM 2 JbVSIt uISUJJJ lY+b Itl . .7 169/a uNKnUsn L fN 2 Jrub1• v/kJslb IU.M u.v9yY u.LYb9 IJ
0416 60MUA/+ S CYvtL uS 64L 2JV u5 M( L NM 2 Javaf . ulrtibJb 2USY IUVJhb u'/1Ly7 IuUJ .b ls u2YJV
0191 SAN vIL YA C6u luu 616 SM L SM 2 J .u.u. u/ qJ/UO u2VJV2 uJlury l 0 uJaY•9464 ArN1LAN VuLLh IAN fVU MC 4 TI 2 Jbu9v . v/ % a712 lu[• vbvsbl ! v Y'/1 4 .2 I .
0416 IuVMAVLYVS us Tur luu Vs MC L MM 2 J.IY11 u 1 bJ d IS IV/uaJ b) IuluSJ Is
J 0.39 SAl11A uS C6J NJ 4L 6n E SN 2 Js1J2J u l NM a22 tU .A au IIuYI+ uJIVr! ts U2Y7J
0419 SAITIA 1 PAMT VS ( VU !YV m L Se L uS 2 JbIJ2J V /% YaV2 LubL au IIvYl• uJlura 1 U 02074
.-.' Or]• S 4 AlLbun .UJ L SM 2 JbIYJu u/yYVSM lU .u VMLhYy uJlu .a 24 U06U9
O J9]V LSTnLN ANN J1V L 2 JOISaa J/fuaUS uJltitl 1 .
0 U41k vNRNU•h (JV t US 2 Jb1 .S . u/bJtub YY '~9 iS
)922 CAMPthAS bbL 7VJ L 2 J.17uu v/SJ17S 1P 4 t YJU7L9 U.21s q 1 .
671U JUhtS PONT us OVC F 2 Jtl1/J i u/lJUU0 Vtlb)7 17 V• U1 1 2t~ •7AY C . CMUR(M uS SCM M( 2 J .IYYu v/Va.YO IYJ11 % la Yr OOtlM•
01 3 1 MAMPAIMIAN bR CVU IJV vL Sb I. VA 2 JbldJu u/MJUUO u.Ja1M Y4111tJ 2• O Yab•
J % 2y LINLA u5 fbJ 2UV ' E Nn 2 Jb1bJL v/SuvYU IU1b bJ 11J2 .J M .
J4S2 LINJA uS FbU 2UU V) 4 Nn 2 Jb1bJJ L1SJUY 3 IuIS .4 1s
K2YU P K MUNT u5 IaJ M( r 2 J619u ., vlqJiJO uYllb! Y42ta I/
L1 .• uNKNJA N tJU L C~ 2 Jb1YJ. u7lJSJ7 IU/b I d It/u 1s
2491 A TkA7tS IT COU VA Stl (. 2 Jb[UUJ V.J1UU0 1uvJlb V4 03040
•794 LSTEM ANN U5 S(M MC 2 Jb21uV u/Yru00 IUY T LO il Yh UU7SJ
792'/ CITI UP ONLLANS tl VL )U2 E 2 JblllY u/'la[S0 IUJ/ u[1Yiy 1 .
)925 CANPLNJEN jUJ L 2 Jb22Y2 Y/MabV• v % 11J• 1 .
8171 NO ELLYEN US Y(M hC F 2 J d LJUY v7MJ0U0 V1l.Ub ub Y # 009lJ
040 LLIIEbLTM PALME R VS SCM 2U . L us 2 JbLrYJ u/9au1• 2Uay OJV71 bl If YYU .,r Ib
0190 A L b TLEO us TAN 2JU VE Sb I. us 2 JbtSau u/yy•U4 suf7 U94.M5 VLY2r2 OYUbYY 1 . Ub1st
0189 / J MOUPEk JUb L SR 2 JYLbub u/r ,Jr2 Jb UJiJVf [t U21Y/
)91b unKNJAN f .M JUb E 2 JbLbJV u/vaY/b Ur2Yr 9 l .
1141 MELIANCE SCM IYU 1. VA 2 Jb[7JY u7SJ3V0 VMIIhY Ut2b b 1 J+
UNCLASSIrILO uHGLAS~I/' IEU u~CLASSI /1LU' UhCLASfI /ILV YN(LASSIIILU uh(LASfIrItY
i
I1
1 (
• ~I !
,' .fIII~
f
/
1
J
J
OJ
, ~ , . .
uhCLAlSIr1E0 uNCIAStIr/LU UNCLAlSIIILO
12/09/!S hON~YyYM~ NIhL CON1A CTf
ANrCK r t. Ay If/t INAN1 {uNR I71L PvfITION TtPLus ur
11 1Or Or
NUNYLR NAML UF •N~(K AMLLK *NE(K ihr0 rLAf. A4EN• E V AL Yu9ITIyN •1
0414 uNbNJ~A L11U t uslf3• uNk Nu~ .v g UJ E Tt ,OYJY •A)MINVIUN/Ah uS C(.u !u! E us3 931 Nt1:SnJ YLL JIV LU412 JObLrM L MUVryi uS Y4L tOt L us3921 UNKNJ A N 3UU tUN37 MUONSI (j Nt us rA1 IUu uf M( E uf39)Y UNKNVK -. Yut )Uy LO %MU VhKNU 0 N tUu E fM0411 VNKNJAn 2Uy L UfOr1A 1NJIA ANMVA us TAN /uu UL $ Y L uA3934 MANit 'sLAS(tt •LL JV7 L0.M1 UNKNuw•. dJU L SN11'/U !b UUTMLNN S.u m U d6t 1U• L vA3~J2 VNKNV~ 1. JJt L391• UNKAV~•. 3ul L0+1J •AMIa YY1 0.! uS Y4L 2UU ua MC L usLIAO JO tuU E hML 1 91 uNKNU .•. dUU 4 [23 9 39 N4NIVN 0 YU7LL tl06 JIU L0N% 2 oACOY J ONLS VS OE?-- -/UU 4L S d E- - SR•771 r NOSL•.EN uS !CM MCIr33 S•Y uSS u3 Su17 IUy L hML1 9 1 VNKNUAN /uU L CC1106 UYS /UJ L ,U . .3 uNKhJ s n /Uy L SN6184 ht& UNLEAwS us Cby NC3936 lAN66ANT YYt JUL L ,1139 MANRT K ryUKb SCM J09 E hM ,Y7%Y NUNTMLhN J! Y(.t J1-U L391 9 yNKhV4n JU/ L ,li9S vNKNV gll. lyy L CCUA09 j M•lLL1AMS u3 IuI lUu Uf NC L usL1 9 3 UNKNUAN d UU L CCL19M UhKNVKh l0U L (C i
3940 CITT 460M4L/YAN 3U2 E 2 JYM71lV yI9JJ'19 U31913 16 ~L1 e 6 UNKNYAN lUU L CS 2 JO4711 U/ 4 hS2B 16 'L112 UNKNUAh t UU L C5 2 JYY7/1 u/qrb2• 110770 1• ,K9 9 9 UNKNUAN d (.t jUU E NM 2 JYV73• 0/ % U5u2 Ud 176 • 16 'Mr10y VNKNUAh j12 L TT 2 J11M7MU UJ51UU0 15K91• uNKNUsh 04L 2uU L NM 2 Jbti7S! U7bJS/5 IU12 UY17A1 16L1i9 UNKNUAN / UU L CC 2 3 41 yMUS u l bubl 0 01L192 VNKNUAh JUU u CC 2 JsNBu• U/y3#U5 61Mr103 uNKNU∎N l11 E TT 2 JY 4 Ilu1 V/blu(q Ib0107 YIPSUM PNIhCL MN ChU tU3 AN MC L V5 2 Jb'/A1• U/bUYU• LU37 UbU292 0J10Mti 2f 02Y1rL19• UNKNuAi. / UU Y CC 2 JYMYJV U/V .bf 6 AI8170 p i MACOMdtn US MC L j J 4yYYV u/5U'1L0 u7L096 4 7 9•/ 002170400 VhKNuAN lUU L US 2 JYY1IYa u/b,7r .r jYJ9 bU 4U !b
JY97 YILLA4L IOU 4 Mf j JOY9JV J 1 11tiJ0 V917w9 17JN07 AMITL MEMVN US ICT IOU YS MC 4 UC 2 JYY9Vu V7MJJU0 U9 4 16J u9LJAJ MO3926 MAMPSMINL Ju9 E 2 304911 u/NJlll ub3u/N 16LIS7 uNKNUAN dU0 L hN 2 JtlM91M u/9abUU dOJU 1•LIBB VtlSIMUCTI6N t0U L hM 2 Jtly92ti u7MSSSi 4034 103920 UNKNUOw Ju2 L 2 304946 V/bu230 IU6U 1l2SJ6 100177 TLALL US L4u t0u 4E Stl E UA 1 JtlSOUV u/J1212 6AYLl b U725sy SA 0321U -
1.190 OtlSTRUCTIUN 1VU L CC 2 JOaUVU u/bJ4 tig tOb9 61L197 UtlS1duCT1UN /UU 4 CC 2 3NbULU U/5JS21 JUSY 614199 UNKnUAh US N4L tU7 MC Y hM 2 JslUJu y/Vib9U Ur1Yo& 10
L19N UNKhUAN 2UU L CC 2 JI/b09% U/bu011 2U'1b • 6 1
M n02 UNKNQA N 2UJ L TT 2 J 4lU9 j U75u612 lb ~9991 UNKhUKN • 211 L TT 2 J 4 aU'Ib u7Yab30 IS4Abl UNKNUAh 100uEN •f.t 2U1 C hM 2 Jtla1J6 U/YJ7U6 10 .110 u• b6 us2756 160175 UNKNUwti 2JU L SjM 2 3tl51S7 u/92315 lulb u31JYb LlM/101 UhKNY 0 h j0U E TT 2 JtlS15• U/bJ7SY 1!
1.199 UNKNUAN 200 L CC 2 JtlbjUU U/SU7bY A/
L77U utlSTNVr,TIYN 2UV L hM 2 3Bl21! u/bV9Y3 1U13 /• .•A5U UNKNUAN tl(.L 2Ul L hM 2 JBD21• U7Yy72N lU1L $ 6 lYlUy6 16 .3929 UNKNUA -+ aCM 3/U E 2 3uo2 j V U7r2S00 112119 103937 UNKNUAn 3U2 C 2 Jsb i 3u u7'11030 UfU9J2 161735 YNKNY * N 2UU L TT 2 J1a2!/ U/yb[I1 Ib
UNCLASSIfIED UNCLAStiIfIlV uNCLASSI IILY Y I CLASSIi1LY YhCLASSIfIEY YNCLASSIf1E0
>•1 LVttlt 21Stt/n tt9w6P L ON 3 •f 39 Cnl NVl Sn YOS3N •J•Y 1210t o NCO AA 6C btqnrn nt6fr[ n nnqAAt t 1 )N 095 so NV/11I1 S6\•
91 019040 LwSnAln trlA6f 2• S) 1 nnt 8) nl so MnM01 3M LC t 1. rt SAOItn 04 60 290r SSL5tL0 n4M46t r so 3 002 79t1 so . NrnNNNn CLlO
4 1 01 ns tAot v 17nALn SnAAbt z Sn 1 nnr NvnNANn btls0
49600 rt 4bnlfn tt' 1 Itn AAnrti 1%9ott1n 1•4rMAt t MS 1 )N so tnt nS) Sn MSnY ANNVW wLtO
11SIA20 72 S bnltn •t1,n01 nS 9907 6C95CL0 •br%6r 2 Vn I a s 3 9 Ont NVl so VaV q NVt •2 t 09tt9o 22 Sbittt1 r%n1t0 nS •IA07 t2t n ALn 7wrbbr t Sn 3 OS 79 tot NVl Sn . 70VN1l1n9 t2 t 0
L1110 6t t q ezrn Lww7An •LOr on45cLn nnOwbr r Sn I onr 9nl Sn )VVSI 1V3N9 ttv07r s«nlt'o WrOt Ot«rr i n nrbt6r 2 Vn I nnz NvONyNn O9t0
snsto rz Sbnicn •tt7ol Os O+or C5 .4tLn n26fAf r Vn a a s 39 nn7 AD) s m OMNVJVM 1 . . .021610 'r2 s+ntrn OnrtrLn nnbtbr z 0) ) 1) ont n9) Sn 519 *1 Vn0 1 wt .o
•1 Il o otlln 9ttAtln (1nAr6r 2 MN 11 nnt Jr) 37NVN0M0 996%9t 6•to7n 9ctAttn nnbr6r z MN 9 Se0 Oo3JNOl 1111
tth0o rr sknlrn rw n q Mot StcnMtn ib0rbf t 9) 1 nnt ApnV l S2 t 0tt100 tt 9Mnlrn OOtr`Cl0 nnllrAr 2 S) 9 nOt 7y WVJ 1M3AN9M 92\0
6C IStlitn nhtlnnt Otn1A[n •iLr6f 2 VA 3 nll 190 NV/VnN) wrltbC Mr7n CAtrl n OCLrALn nOLfAf 2 Vn I Lnt 79P NVnNYNn LC i t
i il IrCO 72 S %Oltn 0nAl't[n MOLrbr 2 9) 1) (I nt VV11 1 t *1 Lt t O91110 tr S%Oltn o/tn90 oClnr/ n nOqcAr 2 Vn 3 p6 39 OOr w) e Sn 113Yq VN pOlVr Stlln
91 OS (1• •A02 •111w/n •.rfbt z Sn 7 0nt San t6y091 0L{1S0 91 .t11 OnttNln nnlt6r t f) n On? I9P NvnNYNn BC\1•1 1 9 L021 19 91.02 60111.0 PAnI'bf 2 fn 9 )N nnt N3t Sn Y1n0AMq 1C66
CSSSn Mw 61 AlAnin OnnnA/ m n00t6r 2 ! 1 M n -) ) Sn VNnMVI)i0 r6%1•1 nS Os SMnr 9C11MLn •10rbf 2 Sn 3 Onr NvANtiNn CSlO91 CLwO/n r701 OnOnAL^ .o.rbr 2 S) 7 nn7 N V nN WNA CIL I6C tgS2t0 SA6t01 0ntntitn nntt6t 2 Vn S nOt 79a Sn t7 nN 11VSSny sttl
no610 6r iSO22n 7Atn2A kItihln SwLtbr 2 Vn 1 nnt w)S Sn .N3J0nM NNV 1t i l41 1 nq nS otn7 6n9iM/n fft76r 2 Sn 3 nnr NvnN7Nn •P1n411 OS nS •Cnr 9Sr1Aln rnlr6r 2 in 3 On? NvONyNn ti/1t0
6tt00 7t sM01tn nA nS •A71b/n Q A q 76r 2 ) 7 3 nnt N01"Nt11iv 62L0rt S601CO bt rtOr 2iSnALn nrV7At 2 Sn 7 nn2 NYONxNn 05% 0
0\22 YEM)LrMOML rA 1A 14 /U! bL S• L u! 4 w•bl[ ./y .+aVU LUJY au Lbtb'1[ o Jau % ! ! . U s '1 d b0iY0 C J nU4PLk )CM /VV L V5 2 JYY/IY V/!aa)O ada0 IIuoho uLtO•, 1 /Y113L SLA MA4 US IVV L VA 2 JYti/Ju u/J)JJO u!lYVY V[f0 .1 JY9qNA TEAA) TUALM M 4 TY J JYr7)r u/ 9 tiVU• uilaOl VIISt.I IsL71'/ VNKhVMh 2VU L C) f JYr11V0 u/ q VMJO uol0/J 10U109 UNKhuAh /Ju 4- NN 2 JY\bJU V/tr)uU Vu Id j aau 100\v0 d1ULVlr.O h0 L44 4uu VL )s L )M 2 JV.bJu V/LYYt,U Y'IJYrL uJlu•a aa J % Y„o
0\2U 4VLfTMAOL VS . 1A's LVJ VL SO L V) L JY % YJ[ u/laVGU tVre aV uJl1.'1 i NJI . . l a [ . JA//•
0132 k - 3 V $ IVU ON h( 4 VA 2 JYauuu uo9sO :JV 669410 u 4 U1 d J l•
•\93 )AGUN US aCM M( E 2 JY.JuV J/21VeU ulul/'1 1" •• Ulae o
0404 VNKMU- h jUU V NM 2 JY)UUV u/ d )JuU ~a ubVO.) IV
O%OS rEEN , L S S uS 1AN eJU V) ML 4 NM t JY)I JU u/JILUO al uO1J , l lo~~ 0\7U VM7'.Vah !u• E hM j JYJIVV u/'IU1YS VO2/wY 10
t JAYd UCLA .. AAYL rYV IVU V 7t ( JV)L['1 V/Iv01/ u J lep• 1 0~ 017/ MAVMICL TMAL1 US CVV JuV V) ML L VS 4 JYaJlO V/Ja04 2 aJ ,O au ..01/Y'1 VJluq b l . utNOY~G1 lMA7 ALYI' . )u0 ~ kM Z JYalJU VOYIbJU IlulOO 10
Lc/9 UNK/.VMh luV 4 CS 2 JYaJYa u/laJJU u/Vl/t le
U11Y IVLTLN CM L4V fu 3 r6 SO L V) % JYaJYe G/J .ol2 aJal bu uJl'1~a uJlura L . u10+•
Lcdl VMKNVAN [UU 4 (a l JY)YVV u/ .1aJab u72(/1 IO
K7SS TONPLVu V) LAP ua 4 if J9a410 u/IIJUU JUUV UOU~aS 1 .
9AS 1 VdSTNU(TINN OUMB 1. TY 2 JYJSUI . u/![aM3 JIU7o1 Ih
0c7• MUkJh uS bGL [JU V9 M( V u) 2 JYa)VU u/J 4 lUU bl /ulaal lui)al 10
0\Md ANASIAaIA V) 1- 4u 7uV 4 VS 2 JY . 7Vu o /J)aUU 4OOJ JY uJIU"b It V1JiJ
JcYJ Ub:tMUCTIVh AM tA• luV AM V t7 Z JYabuu u/uJOJO Vd 64 1s
LA27 uhx/.V«h tJU 4 CS t %UuJlt ulJa6 4 2 uY~plt /bU49J J C kUNALAUtM bR (4u tuU dN MC L u! Z • QuJrs u/ %uuJJ dJlu !u u.tY44 U 1! Ulr/•Vi9V YAIPANAISy S6 C4u 7uU l yS 2 yJY41• u/JlbJV cVa! ILLV'1U uf2 .l1 i T u119790116 VhKNJw' . us b4t IVU U! L u! 2 4JuYl6 ulJebJ2 Su uJIJrb it11)J lYbA , . MbOAI u: n01 I0u E YA Z +YUluu u/ % u1JU u d ISYb Yt2 dl1 dYK7S2 C d (AMPtlLLI /bu Y j yVJbUJ Y74YIUU Ub1bw7 17K7e6 l b LAMPdIIL FBU /IJY L h/1 j 'IUUiuI U/9uuy9 IU[5 u71an7 Ir
U16V VhKNUwN IUU u UA 2 Muu6UU u097bUQ uJIY'1a /t
U7B'1 IIIItT jVU b C4 Z •VWOUV V7IYVVU JJIu+S La VObJb9766 VLNIn CMAwYL L US 2 4ur6VY u7IJIU0 Odt)SY uatrti9 I19761 nUr. )ud CuN1 'NA0 L SN ! •YU6Yj U6YJ114 12Yb UY17yV Vsld',9 ItV7A7 UEPIM C/IAN4L L YS 2 +uJ7VU Y71JtVU YaaJlY VYZry9 /(K129 STULT UA .ALI ZUU NL y NM 2 'IuJ7UU Y/JJ6JU 1[26.Y 1b0146 MAwIYN us d4L ZUV L VA j •uUT1! V/Ja/I b IULYJO YJIJYf 2,U'.9 S ud5 ZUO C us 2 tiuu7jy V7JaSb6 ZUlV $ V Su 113117u SUdCMASEN 20 us PAI IuU y! Sf F VA 2 'IUVYVu u7J1 4 uy WL/Ia OrJla) 1) UUU7/UIJS SAMMlN11AY h0 C4U IUU Yl $ • Y VA 2 q uJYUV u/J .JUO VbIt16 UYUI[J 2• J) e /!0164 IA/AMUUNT yS PAi d UU U! NC L bM j NVUNJY u/Jt1M0 d IIM UJl/9J 1 /J1Jrb Ls UUJ./016V MAIJtN CNELK US C4u 2UU us MC F MU 2 'IUIUUU y/LU2uU 144144 yJluyb ta UbYJ1U1ab ANUNVV UU L4 ,j jU d Y1 Sd L VS 2 '/UIUtb U/JyUL7 LU1j SU YYt.1j JJluro ja US16J1162 uNUIVMIIL tl4L yUV 4 CS 7 14 u1JJU u/J!/j5 9J u t+11S'/ udS JJU v CS 2 '/VIUJj u/JaJUO Jy JU J/ ZYOA07 Uo5 2yu fE US 2 'IUIjUM Y7JlbS6 LU
3J `+Y OJ I!
UAUb YOCYVbUh uS •4L jyU E us 2 4u1j0Y y/Ja91V j0JY b V ,16 sU IS116) uNKNU6h - --)VU 4-- CS 2 4u1j-Ju _u/Jy6V2 4s 2'.
0107 UNKNOAN yU1 E US 2 MULbU• u/J 0b/• tU6 4 50 uJ10M6 240402 ubS 2uu L us 2 qu2S1 . u/ 3SIbO sur A S u Su 15In2S uNKNUON u5 luu 7JU YS MC . L NM 2 Mut52b 4 1Ja'/01 tOq V 5J UL1M 40 / .0401 Utl4 !uU E uS a ~U d 521 u7Jsly s d Jr) LU SU Ib070• MAMOS 'lu6 Y Cb 2 yU2b// u/Js4U• AU)• bU 1J UJIu q* 2I I//2Ub11 .16 ubf L uS 2 •utb[. u/JSr 3 J 205b 24L 799 uNKNUAN 2UU U CS 2 4u2SJU U69/uu7 1264 J117/u 169963 JNKNYAN 2UY L TV 2 lq U[SJu u i JSbhj ISJ400 ubS suJ L us J 4uLbJ. „/Jslb7 LUr• 60 su 1f0141 pENTLANO f/sT yN pAl JUJ dM MC L u3 2 Nu d Sru u/JS109 tOM b $U u919ti2 uJ10rb 2 . UOVUu
1165 uNKNUAN oGL JUL L LM 2 MutS% u u17bJU0 46 U dU12• 1•If23 UMS luu L TV a yu d SM . U/JarJ 3 IOSa IS3 109 CLCILIA OUNLA US bGE tUu 4 CL 2 yuLSS d ,u/JbSU9 [UyV 6U 31 UJIOrS 22 000Jb0 ; 62 NORNESS PA TAN tU2 bL SN b NM 2 +02A oU u/UbuUO u11 44 L UJIU.S 7t 095779964 uNKNUAN - ?UU E 11 2 9u2AU0 0/7bbVO IS
Ils• tl tl aV tlyE )09 L LM 2 'IUtAUI U / Jb'ILY ZL U12Y1S I .
3c99 0b5 2UU E us 2 y UL61S 07Jb210 tU52 5u •au Ib
0292 UNI;NUAh 200 L sM 2 tiU26 d u UA9[VJ0 UJIUrS 2!)45S UhKNUAN tU0 L US 2 yUZ6JU ue1ti6J0 U6tJVY u.2JvY Ib
8499 E0 B A1NSL0A US SCM 2 - q Ul7_uu u1EaUUJ IL1[L• lv M~ U2u~b
R FCK FLAG TYPE CMANT tUNK TYIL POSITION TYP E OLpTN DATE OATE DATE SOYNCE GROSSor or ~T or or IN ur or o f
YN DER NAME OF *RECK NRECK ARECK INFO fLAG AGEN9 LYAL IOSITION YUAD LATITYDL LOMGITYDL rLLT F1A SYNK INFO INFC TONS
0463 UNKNO ON US &GL 20U US MC E NN 2 '102 8 0• 0/30L5• •• 4• 021'/ * • 1•L13A TAMPA III YS r s 0 201 G CS 2 M02 41 0• u7 3 5 jq 2 1037 080/70 1•OAO'1 FORT VICTORIA 306 1 uS 2 'rU2A30 0735313 20%2 50 2G 50 15ln2• dNKNUON US •GL 3 10 US MC L NM 2 '102 4 J/ 0736726 53 D 60A53 t•11 6 9 UNKMUAN 302 E LM 2 'IU2 s y3 6135032 1 o OS091• 1•0104 RUTH SNA* =00 G CG 2 qU19UU u73%500 0310M5 22 004& 5
11'/5 UNKNORN 305 E LN 2 41 02910 u73»27 1• 012M1• 1•L 14 y ANURFA DONIA 200 L AX 2 40292• IJ695205 l/57 u l 2'1 b 1 /2$472 ANDRtw OORIA IT PAC 100 S• NC E NM 2 1102930 0 69503• Il qu 07JA5• Y7265• 072A5• 12 290/11144 uNKNOON 3U5 L LM 2 '0 029 .3 • 073 3 300 15 u12'1l 6 1• .(1'1A YNKNUAN 303 L NM 2 q0j93• 0735229 44 0925ti• 1•O %A7 UNKNU O N 310 E UA 2 qU I00• u13b 1 q 0 4 • u92198 1•9 .A• UNKNUAN 212 L TV a •03150 u71uAU• lb~
_. 9949 YNKNOAN 212 1 1'Y 2 4103169 07M 0ALS lb/ •R37 SANTA ROSA uS SCM MC 2 •03200 064 1U00 OS07=• 2• q• 00695
~ Ln6• 11NKNO GN YCT I NM 2 •03203 073ybS t 1102A• 1•
p 0144 MISTLETOE us T OR 200 G uS - 2 '10 3 207 0735111 202'1 3 9 30 O z lUbS 21•759 F LELAND uS SCM Mc 2 ' 1 0 3300 06'10000 101 6 10 11 M9 003'131140 uNKNUSN 307 L LN 2 403)00 0730030 1s IU3019 1•997D uNKNOAN 2ou E TV 2 4u 33uu ul3sruo lb0115 SAN UILGO uS GRO 200 GL iM E UA 2 '1 U 3 315 073U120 D71918 0%0123 23 13650997 6 UNKNUAN 212 E TV 2 YU33Y• u73550• l59972 uNKNURN 200 L IT a qO 3M12 0740060 lb9971 I/NKNOMN 212 L TV 2 hU 3415 YI4032M (599/0 UNKNO*N 200 1 YY 2 403'1» U733%3• lb994 3 UNKNOAN 200 E TV 2 4 D3 q3 6 07,133'15 15997• IINKNONN 212 L TV 2 M03 qq • 017553• li9979 UNKNO*N 200 E TY 2 4 03YSM 0133511 IS997• UNLNO«N 200 L YY 2 'I0 3 S00 01 3 1111• li
9973 UNKNO«N 200 L TV a 403502 0740312 15•97Y NNKNUAN 200 L TV 2 '/0350• 073595• lb990 • NNKNONN 2D0 E TV 2 M0 3520 117 3 30 q 5 l5 .
9062 YNKNORN 200 L TV 2 403620 U73,31M 6 15
994 1 uNKNORN 200 E TV 2 14 0 3 52M 0733214 15t9t+/ lISM. MArLNL . . IRL 200 E . ._ Tu_ 2 'IU i 5 j0 . u731106 . _ 15
0t70 uNKN4F - • US IAM Juu t NM L •lulMO V/1JJib tiY •Y uA10 .`I 10
0\OJ MALI)th JIJ 4 LN 1 y1V•JY• V i IsLL7 uY/1Ll 11 IIi -e iL 1• uS j 1••AO1 VNKhu - N C6Y )lu LM 2 •IufJti u/lYJil Y 9t0/2 1l IUJJ/[ /0Ot12 lhUV MANYVM JJY v
/LM I % IV7aY U 1 1 4621 VY{ o /U Iu vY/ 6 ll 1 6 U2 16 A1
0'lUl vNL 4, lA/1 /JU b (b I " IV a VV V/IJJVO /Y O V vJIV %b /I Yse//
-.4 LA1• VNKMVM , . IJV V CY I ~ 1uAJv .ua/JfV{/ VJIV/J I•
~~ ./N1~ VhANUMh IVU L /T f q I w6 JU u 06l/VY J/V/NJ M•
...d •A % • uNMhu 0n w V\ )JY Y 6M 1 '1 IV 6 y• V/IY611 11/A o fV lY Vm/J/J 1 6
~ vMiU UNAnuKA/ •J IUU 1 U s IU/' Juf 4 eM J q lu1u w u/I q IuU 6 • V/1140 1 @
~ SAAA UNKNUNr/ /UU l. l f I YIVIJ• V//YA/S /1/i/ JS J• IN
rf9Y Li4LA 1/ b AVV luV L VA / M /wA1/ V//1J11 VJIVai l{ Y/IN bp
171A Vbi IVu i NA 1 ~IVYJu u/UJODU VsUla1 1•
(76Y VNKhuMN tuu t TI 2 ~IuYI• V/IJt'IS % u 15
L1%S VhKNJON 2UU O LS 2 _•IuYa• - u/2utl % 2 IO 6V Vd2Y/u 1•
1431 LLMA-4 VS tA/1- 2UV ~ -- t hN 1 'IIIUJV UOOSOUO fS IuJUsS 10
175 111 ubS fUV t TT / •11UIJ u//J[J 6 IJLl I!
J4 3 u UNKAuMh IUU L IT 2 *1 111uu u0741Y0 u7u2.J MO
1259 VbS /UU t YT 1 " IIIJO u71Jtv7 tUJI IS
JGY2 UNKNV4N luU L 1T 1 '11/1JU VOO b / q 0 V7Vl.J '10
9r1b9 bANBANA fi US iAN duU is NM 2 'I111b1 U/1LLU• il u7Zas7 10
07b0 YAh11LL uS IwM a V4 V L4 1 y 112uu uONaYVJ V1uYMU VJ1J .b 21 J1/1'/1
1f 4U hINL IUL, t NM 2 4111UL u/IJuUO u70Y .0 10
•A53 uNKNU+N Iuu k CS 2 10 IlsuO u/IJ049 d 0 w 1 % 1 I'/
U1bb VNKNVAN 0641, 2VV L VA it 4 II d /V u/IJIJ{) IIIIYt UJIV4!P 21
If19 uNKNU - N ,)U9 L LN 2 4112Jr u/11 6 JU IulutS 10
•L7J CITIab 'SLN w4 1/ US tl46 MC L 2 4 1115Y u/11/UO V1LYd• JO 414 Uu f IJ•
76b uNK-JAh /JU t Yt [ YIOJvY y/1Jla7 Yu Is7S6 UNKNJ -N fuu t Tt L 1J[o v~llJlM J6 J6 J• 1~7A1 VtPTM CMAMVt$ fJ1 t h . 1 YIIJ'/e u/IIYIe Vq1JaJ le ' •767 JLP1M CNAMULa /UU L hM L YIIYVJ y/I[au0 Ya vale .a
•
Is ~76p vtPTM CMANyta [vy L Tt L Y//Y/a u/11N• Y/ •7 la ••US lAINI ANh YS 1„q 1 vA f YII'aJv yoOJ.Ja IJJ• v7asa/ vIl[a/' la4AY {IO 5 IMY(T111m LVJ L L'J f IaJ• Y/[JSlJ {VJe I•• j1 L•
790 w n 1'LrtjLNA /uJ V CN f YIIOJV U/IYVVJ rJlr• ,a [L J~IIYpA71 LA/ICMMJNI 1. VV IVV ,J 61 l YI/OU0 ufl•Y17 {O 10 [•776 MATIT SUt fVV V La I " I/OIO VfV[V1p llrlnl IO7U0 1/[M•IILA Vy YyL .It L : . . 1 I Yl IOLa y/JYY 1/ Vllq•10 104A6 VOSTnUCT1V• . LVV L C t) / YIIe[V yl[JLYj [U[J IL .1 [V
,r rySi O AiVV L OY •VUI I .A IVV V h• . L /OYO uOYUUYp i/ u•JYa/ I•
4SM UdSTNUCtiuh JI1 L LM [ Y11/yr J/ZJSYy 1~ u .I d L7 tq
~ 4149 bLJMVt MUUiJ' . uS •rv Jlu L •117YJ u/1y1Sp laralY •u u11/19 Iq~ 161 4 V .VRI.U " • Ivv L TY [ Y11buJ yoq'/YUJ y7JaAJ YOW 149 •AMlLIIA V S TbV [JJ wL t hM [ YIIMUV u/JilV11 JOJ70i IO
169 MA) b t+LnU S LII * .llu ,/ Llr / Y110Jy u/LJaUIi J1a/+a IJ uJU//J /O47U LAMLU ~? /Nt'.LM u3 p4L 4 1u V L•1 / Yllpvv v/LVaLS Ja4/JY vt raLq, .Y le46Y v .[ VS auv L:J L i th % Y11p .lv VI~Jtl ;;'. 1JYO Ir vt' lonSJ ubllMUCTIu-• LJV t C! 7 •lIplq v/svulo aJ ~v aYi9S nwHY w• .{1 JJ .n AM V pV LVV C hM ( YIIOYL v f uJ0~1 Idla ..e /0AA .J UryKNVn .. . J1 O~L JIJ V Li / YI/YUJ r~ I JYY6 IaJi/'/ 1~ rlVJtS 10
/i/1 yN11nVN1. VS OVL /VV V ~.4 [ Y/IYut v~J/V9
4I1 VryRhJ - N TdV [uJ L , .M [ •11Yry J/uaVij a , /vJ ly~LqO In
ilUS LUfnLw MJUYih I1y ~Cn JvU L Cu [ Y111vp u/ILOVJ rJVL[I JYtO./ 10 ~~19V7AI VNK1.V - /. JyY t L•1 [ . YIIY .• r/IJ[SU ~~ I[IYL/ 10
VS/ qLALA r'Ylhl uS L(.u /JV VL !. O L /V'7 L ~111•O r•/['JJV LV/Y ya10• :I .•JVJYJ uO/J•y IO u .yJSJ
SYO .Itt.17A -. AIt .TtM VS CVV eVJ V a NC L N ., [ 414.1, . ./H)'JVti ILIV•Ip bJr/Y• 1r1U .O 10 uIOLi
iVl trL•qVJ1JnLAV FUI/ L Yl[UIq y/VLOU•~ IrU90/ I/
AI.V VbJ1/1VCjIU1/ (JV L hA / Yl[u1V JtIL04Y YY IIaI•Y IY
:CK FLAG T9PE CHANT %UNK ITPE POSITION TTPE DEPTn DATE DATE YATE SOYMCE GROSS
YF O F Nt or OF IN OF OF OF
•6ER NAML Of •RECK ORECK * NECK INFO rLAG AGENr E V AL POSITyUN VUAY LAT/TUUE LYN6ITUDL FEET FIA SUNK INFO INFO TONS
;0• uNKNOWN l0U E tT 2 '/1320U 0690910 070263 9•12• UNCLE JONN u3 TAR IOU E UA 2 y13212 U/Ubl3• UN •Y 1Y19b0 39iY• UNK'.O 0 N 100 E Tr 2 14 1323U 0661249 070263 46PiS DI S IE SAURD uS CGO 2U0 uS MC C UA 2 4 132SY U69ytlb0 U212M2 D3/0Y6 22 03263t7b uNKNOAN 240 U CS 2 14 133UU U6O.12U0 031U73 16i .S UNKNUO N lUU E 1'r 2 y13vOb U6bl630 U70263 46431 UNKNOS N 100 E TT 2 y 13y30 U6706i0 u702.3 r•
;r7 uN[NUAN I r 0 E rT 2 "13SOD U•.37U0 070263 M6:69 PENULLION US TAN 212 YS 4IC E NM 2 N136UV U19b7N6 034068 43Y762 Y905b9 16
1r0 udSTNUCTIUN 200 E Nn 2 4 1 46tu U/12Ub7 / Y1M 0117a5 16130 ANNA C US 1 *04 100 E YA 2 y1353U U70Y6Y• 12u JM6 / U19b0 39
FLA6 TTPL CMANT SONK TTPE POSITION TYPE DEPTM DATE DATE DATL SuuNCL iROSSor OF YT OF OF IN OF or OF
NAML OF •RLCK RN(CK .NECK INFO tLA6 A6LNi EYAL POSITION vu.u LAT1TuUrL0N611UDE FELi F171 SUNK 1NF0 INFO TONS
JNKNU.N IOU L TT 2 41Irs3• u. 42300 0702.3 `1 •cATIL P ALMLN u5 1oR IUU 6L SD F UA 2 % 1 q 5uu u 6710U0 us /ulY UY0123 23 D0431t(LIANCL u5 1o N IOU 6E Sy F UA 2 MIrSUU 0.71000 uYlul s uh011 3 23 00011:RUISLN us ToM lU0 6E SY F JA 2 'I145uu u.71000 Us 101d UM0123 23 00U2•JLD T1ML uS ToN 100 616 SY F uA a •1 *5Uu U.710U0 46101• uh0123 23 000N01L(DA MAT US T/ii IOU to L S• F UA 2 •IhiuU 0•71400 De101• 040123 23 000314ART L SLNNLTT us 1MR Iu0 b ( S o F uA 2 •1'l60u U 6 710U0 u6101• 04DIS3 23 00027:ANL AND NE111( US 1AN IUO 6L Stl F uA 2 4 l'1SUU u.71UU0 4N 141G UyUl23 23 D002~oN H STARYUCK u5 TAN 100 6E S o 6 UA 2 '1 I 4Wu U.71U00 4 o IU16 UM0123 23 000bbJNKNORN IOD E TT 2 %114AOu 0613120 0702.3 46JNKNOwN IUO E TY a •14620 0662700 0702.3 4 . '
~ 11'TON uS TRN MC F a •1'163U UA9y130 UAU23y 3• •q 00116~. #OTIITORN US Y6L 20U uS MC ( uA a '11M 6 3U U1027 "S 11l0M• u31Urf 22 00O 7 14/ JNKNO ON IOU ( TY 2 M1414-4U J. 6bUUO U702.3 M•
JNKNO O N IOU E TT 2 %1'176u u..5930 470263 M•~ L1lNINST[R u5 C60 202 uS NC E NR 2 'I1'l71Y ulJ2AY2 O1U345 u'120R2 u103r6 1 . OM9S6
JNKNORM IUD L TV 2 '/1,072J U.7Y710 070263 4 •tILLANNEY u5 iYN 200 6 NM 2 -1 1 % 7 J • 0.7s7r• 67 0s15i7 16I ENMAN FRASCM US ui MC F 1 UA a 'I14000 U.Y~~00 IOU%I• 0 4 0113 23 03803fMR[SMER AM Su• 6 2 rls00u 0.530u0 012M.• IeI P ARRER US TiN MC A 2 '115012 u.73512 451D3• 3• 41,4 00/1uJNKNO " N lUU E TT 2 '11S q UU U665T30 u702.3 M .IUR6( 20U 6 C6 a 'I15TOU 4J02200 0310ti5 it 00j4iIENNT LN0ICOTL U S N6E 20U E C6 a 'l1 b 'ItY U7Utt3A u 9lY3• IUlD60 39 OIyDYJ M KILLIAMS fil D 2U0 E NM 2 yll ./ 4 Y u . 6UIS• 4YIU .11 l .4iCMOLAS Fo0 Iu0 6 TT 2 'I15SOD U. 9 1DU0 042763 ltS IONLER 200 6 C6 2 q 15SDU 0J02300 IYOS3• u310r5 22 00i33
JNKNOMN 100 L YT 2 'I1551L 6 6 1020 07U2.3 M6iANTAKY MLAD Fs0 200 6 NM 2 'I15516 002664 123u .7 1•4 .RS uS Tu6 2uD MC L MO 2 •156 1• u702t33 4t13M2 031Yr5 22JNKNU«N F s0 6 NM 2 Y1 b 70U 0 6 7 bb 00 UYOV .11 1•JNKNOAN 100 E TY 2 y1fi715 U•71 9`4 0 U702 .3 %•JNKNURN 100 L TV 2 'I15 4U0 U46 1YU0 . . 0702.3 46
26 MILA01 TC1 IUU t uA 2 ytU21t U/0141! G71sY2 1U19SU 39
~ A 5 UNKNyAN !UU t TY 2 44u236 y/016U3 1219rU 12 ~
.54 A(11ENTA ys ION 2Jy US MC t hM 2 4du2 q [ U/OIIUO bU U711fU 16
-69 FNANCIS 4NUEb9 CA C4U 4 CA 2 YLU3yu u6tla1u0 A9 UL27Sb 12 UUIbU
'VS FRANC/S uS lAR 2yy E Cu 2 42u3uu U/U1539 UJIUrS IL
-MS JONh F KENNt09 US FBy 2UU MC 4 yC 2 '/LU3yb y6YSJU• 1262 12u769 It1169 12
.57 uNKNJAN IUO E TT 2 '1lyJly y66L1UU U7Uj63 MO
•97 uNKhUAN 2UJ 4 C5 2 Nlu33u 60'S39• u110/J 14,-4-+ - 5'/ ULOMUINA M u5 S(N IPU E US 2 '/IJMZM J/U19S0 12IU2s U J IUMS 21
/ ' 6• tlEN ANO JU16M US T6N 2uU 6L Sr ~ yA 2 '12Ubuu UOObuOp u6u3s2 ui lU 4 b 2L U0102r~ 13 S 1CAAS TOAtN hy 2 UtlS 2UU t hM 2 '1 1 u 5 1 S U61JOtiS U Y y b 6 Y (0„V .s7 INCA Fbu 2uU t hM 2 4[USbu u/U2US4 112666 16
39 yNKNOAN IOU E TT 2 ti2J6uy U071020 U702O3 46.,09 UNKNJw N IUy E T7 2 V du61b u09S13U U)0263 96
,V1 NNKNUAN IUU E TT 2 y2U63J u07Y1YQ U70263 46
61'1 UNKNyAN 2 0 0 MC E NM 2 '4Lu70U U . S5UU0 u61563 40
OF01huw, t N NAME OF ANLCK ANEC• •NECK INfY fLA1. •GLN1 L1AL YJSITION %VAY LATITYJL LU'•YITYUt fEET t1A )UNK lNfu 1NIp TONS
J4/1 UhKhUAN IUU E YT 2 "Ij1 4 1J UOIJ'116 U7026) 4617b2 Ub) PIPE )UU (a NM 2 rjlbv•, UIUr7U1 bl J2U)bl Ib41.63 vNKNUAN IUU L tT 2 rjlb.b v.b19j0 U/U263 46uRVb VhKNuAN US l .M IJ0 uS MC L NM 2- %jlbua u/YJ1U0 U *j)MY '4 Y Ub27Y 9 Ib1s76 ubS jua L rr 2 •jlbjr u/u n /r l tujl s) 1)J7 % 1 SOUfMLAhU uS C4V IOU L UA 2 '# jlbla u/U)b2 6 12Yj)V U)IU.b 2217br aIAMtUMU ,/Jj L CG 2 •21rlu u/ulb2S u1)Iru Ib0743 uNKNUAh 2 uU E us 2 q216Na u/Ubl!• jUjj uJIUYb 249n37 PATMICA )AEaNIT CA C (. V IJU uN 2 4j1YUU ub711V0 U j b7 17 (p UbldI7b) ubS jJU L NM 2 •j19ub u/UlIS• jUj1 30 1 12630 Ib1 769 ANNIL PERM9 )Cn 3U9 L 1•N 2 4 j1Y1b u/ublU3 1 4 11211 4 16179) uhKNUAN bG6 !JY 6 LM 2 yj191Y u/Uab19 2S 1N2dt) ib
..., drY2 lllVl S MLNULL uS dGt MC L 2 y[IY)b u/Utiu12 11116310) )b rY u09V7'r 0701 tAdUnlJEll NO C (. U IUU (OL )O u CA 2 •j2 I 'Yu u191uU0 u .JUr2 U31v4) 22 U13J'/~ 1294 ACTUM SCn luY o LM 2 'I jjOU i u/Ua.)S 2 4 Il2Aj% 16•~ 1291 ACTIrL SCn )uY L lM 2 It 2juur u/u)byS 21 uJ2bj1 16W 9 1 .07 uNKhu .h bGt duU L NM 2 4jjU1V u/UbMUO vbllbb 16
K1b0 uNKNUAN bGL juU L NM j "jjvla v/UbMiS U * 21 .6 160 p 6 J )AM MLNGLL u5 dGt luu t u) 2 •IjU16 JlUY1U0 IU16)b VJ10 .) 2j072) 1. M aPNAbuI uS TuY IUU E ut 2 yL2UlY u7llNuYl 1UU631 ull0ti) 22dr03 LLtM f uS T .N NC I I %jjudu u/Uj1U0 UbuyV9 bv MM 00179
• 0fJl nuaAnA uS T CI IVU L VA 2 42jWY u70rur3 V91u3S u)1V.S 2j1795 vNKNUwN bGL 3U9 V Ln 2 yjj051 J10b.12 2b 1y3Ujb Ib
0771 OLULJA9 --xU'+- IUU -- --E VA 2 -4ja0)A-- U/U 4 IUS 1U1u31 UJIUra 29L :67 MENUIC uS fb0 jUU u C $ 2 4j2l.JU u/U20U0 Ilub UY27 .9 Ib
07rJ LVAN) uS d(.l IOU E VA 2 q2jluu u7UMjS0 Vbjb)5 u j lOhS 2jK427 JYSTM 2UU E NM 2 yj21UU U/06029 U)Ulbb Ib17MV ub) )VV L NM 2 "221UV V/U)bub IU) J U/Ibrb 1•0752 5CU6 bGL IJV E uS 2 4221Yb v1UYjIS 6746311 VjIUMb 22p739 MCuORtN u5 BGL IUU E UA 2 4jj1lU u7U43up UtlUd3U 0J10rS 22KA69 ub)TNV(T10N JbS j2U E NM 2 M221jy Ulu)!3 f UIU767 1•
073b NELIANCE uS dGL IUJ L VA 2 Nj212) u/UM2U0 udU3)) Ulluti) 220737 bEATn1Ct VS TVu 1uu L VA 2 '/jj12b u/Ur215 V 4L7 3 S u)1U4S 24
0736 uNKNVAN US bGl IuU L VA 2 4 2j1 J ) u/U)93S uSjb3j U j IU % ) 2j
07)'s ANhit CONANI VS b('t I Q V L VA 2 4 419 1411 U)U jYUb u4V1)• Y)IUrb 22
KRACK rLAi Trrt CNART {UNK TTrL IySITION Ttr( OLrTM 0A1C OATE pAT( EOURCE OROSSor Or rT Or or IN ur or or
NUMO(R NAME Or ORECK *R(CK AR(CK INrO fLAi A6(N . LVAL POSITION QUAU LATITUOL LONGITUpE rtLT r17! SUNK INFO INrO TONS
0734 rOLL COOK us .iL lU007 3 3 N0 • US OGE IUUOf60 •N N tLRK(S u3 TUG 10007M• vESTA us TUi 1000761 Mu0 iC00 100If1A Ois !10 MC0r32 0 A MANSNALL 1/1 OOL 1001489 SMAG 36 rooT US SCM 10007:0 K1NG PHILIP us rAS lUo1771 UNKNOWN 300O71• COTOTL us CG0 100071i rMS Ir us MIN 202 us MC1701 064 30017 9 0 MENCULLS ,1020 ..2 JoSErN ROSS TU b 1000731 dAMES M HUDSON US 11GL 100L%20 ANNA ROSA us r00 2001717 YNKNUNN 3000710 LAGLE NO •2 us PAT 1000717 CITY SALISOURY us Ci0 201170 3 LtNNE TOR 310of30 WAVE us ToR 1000729 ETNEL N us SCM 200LnA7 SEA KlNG AM r00 200074 Z UNKNORN 10017N l0LLU0 0GL 302071A a SMERIDAN 100014? CORNLLIA u>< TU6 /000726 GOiON STEEL - .311o71i OC(AN us TOR 1000 .0~ ARCO 0 Us •OE 200 us MC0727 hARI A, ONIT( us SCN 1001770 UNKNUMN Oit 307071y MIST ui TRR 100
07/3 NOMANCL us PAS 202
UN(LASSIrILD UNCLAS4IrILO
( UA 2 r221ri o70'1o2s 001130 0310tis 22E uA 2 42219i 0104120 1021431 03100 22L us 2 +221i0 0103 .'10 0.2.3• u320q i. 22L us 2 14 221yU 0)03ty0 4R2630 11 .110ri 22E us 2 q22lbU u)0r217 102620 o310*i 22i CS 2 q2216Y 070Yq 30 37 2 %E UA i l222u0 0194420 01Ui22 03I0 q i 2tE NN 2 42t2U0 0704927 ib 0 9 1 966 1 6E uA i r2t202 0 1 03711 Uqu73t 031046 a sE CS 2 r2220i Y)U1'16i 46 2'1E UA 2 432206 U70q30• 011/32 0310qi 22L NM 2 q222U 6 u7014 i3 2033 0'10qq5 0111'1S 03100 22 00207r MM 2 422210 0706Mi0 1030 010l ,4 7 1•L LN 2 q222/0 0)01110 17 061317 1•L 2 % 2222• 07u366M &iYrq '1 101t6o 3•E UA 2 q2222 q 070qt1i 03UI2S 03100 22U CS 3 412224 070% 70A 060610 1•L LN 2 4242211 070f320 00 04210 9 1 6L UA 2 42222• U10M323 061631 03104 6 22E NM 2 42222• 07010136 30 03100 1• 0039 7L NM 2 422227 ' U706q0t 011262 1•L UA 2 422m 0703f26 0V213• 03100 22t UA 2 r222a O)u3r30 /23/30 931046 22L NM = 4423" 0104800 1221 e i 1•9 UA 2 4 2230U 070i0S0 0J104 i 22C LM 2 %22300 0)0iM00 31 0 6 0 632 1•i C6 2 q22300 010i600 03100 22 0093•c us 2 422306 070 q iDi U70033 0310%i 22L. . . . . . . . U6 - • 2 - til231• U1011M - • 031646 23 - - -E YA 2 4 22311 U703i32 092A30 0310hS 22L NM 2 q2232h 070ii10 2m 111 660 312060 1• 0031•L UA t 4 2233U OrOro2S 0A3Uq0 0310 % i 22 00090L MN 2 . q22330 U701316 012 qft i 1•L UA 2 11 2233• 0703910 0'1013• 03100 22L NM 2 q2234 3 070i1T• 10 4 1 0109 36 031046 22 01250
UNCLASfIrIL0 UNCLASSIrILO UNCLASSI F IEO YNCLASSI/1L0
0707 NATA L IE MAMKU US SCM IUU 4 CG j It 2 j 3yv Ul)1sU0 U71937 U310rS 22
K118 VhRNJAN F ay 10o E 2 4 2331s J/03636 • U424.b 16
Jr27 UNKN00N 04L IOU MC E UL 2 y1J 14 3U u6618U0 IIMU 63 1j1IF .3 17
JS20 UNKNOON IUD E TT 2 423431.1 U6861U0 U70j63Y1UU'
•612
L^1N VLOUCLSTLR w 7By Y NM 2 423440 y/U3712 1132 .
Ln63 yLOVLESTLM Y FBU G NN I 423440 u1U J 712 11U2687
164
~UU E TT 2 y23SlU U69U2US U 020J 6JS11
ByNRNUANUBSTNUCTION AM i.YP IUO AN SC E TT 2 1423530 0104600 u927 .3 12
JcBIUU E T1 2 y23bY5 U653736 U70203
46
JG71 UNKNO»N4 S 4 C l. 2 y237VU UO61UU0 UBU318 UlIuNb 22 00111
0763 hOtl MUTS NT
2VU2U1
BE4 NM 2 y138s3 U/U3tilG 2U2U $7 IU3us7 16
9n51 CHELSEA y AT N QU US MC E NM 2 423os% U1U2Y18 Q4UYq9 49 UNU4,9 16
0aNs UNKNUON USS
w%kT
J2ou E MM 2 4 2 % J1s U703y19 55 lu3oss le
1 ,%3 0 CAIIFURNIA IIQ iT u 1E T1 2 y2y036 u6su616 u)U263 46
Jt70 UhKNUAN IUU
yNCLASSIf/ED uNCLASS1 F Ify yhCLASSJiIED UNCLASSI/ILD UNCLASSIIIED UNCLA SSIIILQ
1 i! e 'i
I
f
~_ .~
I~~ 1
~
~I{
yr .F
f'r
~
~. ~
C'h(LA b SIFIEU uNCLASi1FlCu yoCLAlSI/ItY UN (. LAS51i1LV UN(LA ID SIFILU pNLLAlSIFILO
~ 12/09/75 NON-SUOM . NINt LONIACIS xvi
INrCK FLA4 TTPt CMAN1 SUNK T1PE PuSIT10N ITPt UEP1M YATL O AIL VATC SOUNCt fiNYlSuF uf bT 4F ur I,. yF Or 0/
IUNBE R NAME OF 6NLLA ANtCK •NtCK INPU rLA4 A4tNr ETAL P (J l1114N YUAU LAf1TVYL L w.4ITVOL fLtT IIA SYNK INfU 1N/0 IONS
•99N (NANLES S MAIyMT VS CGu 2U1 t 2 4•h UJY u/UJbU2 4MUt'16 2% 0)19bJ4 8 2 uNKNUAN IUU t TV 2 1644 1 10 u6MelU0 JIy26J 46JS6Y UNKNU&N IUU L TT 2 4ty12u ueb1SU0 U702a) '16OA3b ALULM AN IAM !UA t hM 2 M3y1JJ U/UIYtY y7 U~2bs7 1t9nS2 ALOEN TAn 3uy u NM 2 410 130 u/U192N . 7 OJl+bl 1•01A5 LUCILLE M CA S(M IuU Vt Sn y CA 3 yt4MUJ ueS30u0 V725Y2 UJIJ-S 2t OOObNBN7y NEOFpNO uS TAM MC A 2 '1tySUY UebY5J0 Iltlyb y• r• 00t -13J472 uNKNUAN lUU E Tr 2 ytl'buu y6SJtiJ5 YiUt63 46OAt:I NOOLdTANONICMANO US 11,14 IJY VL SO U yA 2 VtVODU u0Y1100 Y1tt111 u7t21 o t l ZJ U01 4JJ -6 7Y VNKNU-N IUU t tT 2 '1l'Itllb y6St31i 010263 46IIjS 1'ILL uNITEN hp 2 luu t VA 2 qtyOtV u/UJ6J0 ut1Jti2 1U19b0 3991165 MAMIhL NEN(nANI LyY . M( 4 Tt 2 % Ly9UU y61r6U0 /l U5U661 16
Ji73 UNKNUAh IUU t TT 2 NtNV3y u6bl\I1• U/026J '16
~ J%)9 UNKNUAN IUU L It 2 ytbUJU uebV73O Y1U263 % O
1 J4)5 uNKMU•N IUU L TT 2 4 tbllb y6519U0 00263 MO
~ JSBI UNKNJ6•. I J U t T T 1 h ta19s U6SUtU0 U70263 MeN.•+ Ja7• uhKNUKN IUu t TT 3 Yta22u u6S31JS U10263 96
JStlO YhIINUeN IUU t TT 2 M153au yeSJ7U0 U70263 40
0762 MURN'Ny lIAN 7Ul' y C4 2 Mta4 UU ue6t 6 u0 UJIUrb t2 UOILY
During the past twenty-five years (particularly during the past decade),materials of paleontological, paleobotanical, and archaeological signif-icance have been discovered on the continental shelf off the EastCoast of the United States . During the glacial stages of the Pleisto-cene Epoch, the shoreline extended eastward as far as 150 km (Emeryand Edwards, 1966) exposing much of the continental shelf to habitationby mammals as suggested by the recovery of mammoth ind mastodon bonesand teeth . Thouah some paleontological specimens were located near theslope in water as deep as 160 m, none have been found on the slope it-self . self. Early man probably also roamed over the shelf along with theanimals he hunted, though the submerged habit3tions and structuresfound thus far are relatively close to the present shoreline . However,early man's range, in all likelihood, did not extend to the slopc areasince the advancing post Pleistocene sea had already begun to re-submergethe outer continental shelf at the time early tribes inhabited theeasterr regions of North !tmerica . It could be speculated that sedi-ment movement and current action may have transported materials ofarchaeological-paleontological significance from the shelf into theslope area . However, Dr. K .O . Emery (personal communication) statesthat this is highly unlikely . For these reasons, the search for arch-aeological specimens, relics or artifacts should be restricted to theshelf, in particular, the more nearshore areas, since probing theslope for these materials would not prove fruitful .
The recoveries to date of paleontological specimers have resulted as by-s products of othrr studies or as accidental discoveries by ccmmercial
/ fishermen using otter trawls or scallop dredges over the shelf . It islikely that other specimens will be recovered in the same manner, sincefunding fnr archaeological research is a low priority . Work in deep
' water is particularly expensive ; since the use of a research submersible „which costs approximately $10,000 per day (Emery, personal communication),is required. Accordingly, the amount of literature relative to
, the archaeological-paleontological potential of the deeper shelf watersis limited . Perhaps the most comprehensive summary is Emery and Edwards(1966) . Other literature detailing paleont .-logical-paleobotanical dis-coveries in the deeper shelf waters is sumnarized below . Since the onlyknown Indian occupation sites on the shelf are relatively nearshore,they will not be detailed here .
12 .2 BACKGROUND
The alaciers which ; iad advanced southward across New England during thePleistocenP Epoch eventually retreated from the present coast of Connec-ticut 13,500 years ago ; from Martha's Vineyard 12,700 years ago ; andfrom Boston 12,300 years ago (Wigley, 1966 ; and Emery, Wigley and Rubin,1965 . The now submerged continental shelf emerged as a broad coastalplain as the glaciers withdrew ( Whitriore, Emery, Cooke, and Swift, 1957) .
, In Figure 12-1 from Emery and Edwards ( 1966), the seaward edge of the~i
LENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL S LOPE
T~~~OM FIGURE12-1
Seaward Edge of the Continental Shelf 11,000Years Ago lEmery and Edwards, 1966)
~
continental shelf is indicated by a dashed line ; the-distribution o'Frelict sand by the lined area . The it-isert indicates that the sea level11,000 years ago was approximately 60 m below 0e present level .Georges Bank appeared as an ice free island and was exposed long enough(perhaps 10,000 years) to develop spruce forests (Emery, 1965 ; andEmery and Edwards, 1966) . Cross sections of the continental shelf atpositions A and B (Figure 12-1) are shown in Figure 12-2 .
12 .3 SEA LEVEL INDICATORS
Calcareous and carbonaceous sea level indicators, such as mollusc shellsand peat deposits, establish that ~elative sea levels were sufficientlylowered to expose much of thp continental shelf . Data indicative ofthe relative sea levels i :, early post-Pleistocene time were initiallyobtained from radiocarbon dating of sQ,ifinent taken f-om bore hol2s oilthe shelf. Most of the measurements 'Laken before 1965 do not exceed aradiocarbon age of 6,000 years (Emery and Garrison, 1967) . Since 1965older dates have been established from the appearance of the shallowwater oyster, Crassostrea virSinica (Gr!-21in), in cores taken from GeorgesBank to Cape Hatteras Fiqures 12-3 and 12-4) and by the discovery of peatdeposits on Georges Bank ZEmery and Garrison, 1967) .
During 1962, the U . S . Geological Survey, in con ,;unction with the WoodsHole Oceanographic Institution and U . S . Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,initiated a long-term geo`ogical-b l ol ogic:al inventory of the continen-tal shelf ( Emery and Schlee, 1963) . Merrill, Emery, and Rubin (1965)report that shells of C . vi rginica 8,130+ years to 10,850 ± 500 yearsold were recovered at c;epths as great as 82 m from a total of 71stations . Four of the samples collected by R/V Delaware are summarizedin Table 12-1 . Sample locations are shown in Figure TZ_-3 .
Table 12-1
North West Depth Bottom Lab .Station Latitude Longitude (m) Type No .
Del . 7-1 36°09' 75°20' 33 sand and shell 8,130+400 W-1402Del . 26 38°49' 73°39' 55 sand and shell 9,780+400 W-1403Del . 45 40°43' 72°25' 37 sand 9,920+400 W-1400Del . 47 40°40' 71°59' 51 sand and shell 10,850+500 W-1401
She'ls recovered from depths as great as 90 m are reported by Whitmore,et al ., (1967) . Most shells were recovered at depths up to 30 cm undersediment, the maximum depth a large grab sample can =xtend (Merrill,et al ., 1965) . Since valves of C . virginica are thicker and thereforemore resistant to disintegration than most shells, they are frequentlyused for radiocarbon dating (Merrill, Emery, and Rubin (1965) .
During 1^66 the research vessel "Trident" of toe University of RhodeIsland a111ected cores fror,i which Garrison obtained radiocarbon dates ofolder and deeper shell depos its (Emery and Garrison, 1967) .
\ \\\ ti H4 p~ •`~\\\\ 0 0 09,\\ \\ •~ o o e on ea e o ~Oei.47
o40 \ \• e e e
\ \\ e oe :~~~ ' 6os.l29T
w£ •oeo i
99 O • O~e~ . 001. 29m S~~ O r•' s•3dY} • ~W~ I
Q ~+
W 7~
V e ~O 1
O I1
36' p 100KM 6•
e/
LO~ ~. . .eP~i CArE HATTERAS
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY Of THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE ]
TFZI~OM 1 AGURE Locations of C . virginica Shells Recovered indredgings or Grab amples (Merrill, Emery, and
12-3 Rubin, 1965)
,.+t. Nee York'0 T8 fportland
1~ Atlant+e CN 0
~Bo;~on 83P BOS
~' Nor~olk N2 \ AL* pD~ NB
N27 D604 Q BT9A 047 =C•E1~ Dii 2 AEV is
O'D77 C
T .~
S 210
S1g~
. ~ .
~~KM.•
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENIORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE!
ITR1G0MI IGUREFPositions of Peat Samples (Closed Circles) ando f Wear Intertidal Oyster Shells (Open Circles)
12-4 (Emery, et al ., 1967)
---------- -___~---~ -- , --- - --- ------------;
~\
Three of these cores were taken very close to the slope as is shown inFigure 12-4 . Core T 228 was taken from a 145 m terrace east of HudsonCanyon at 39°37'N, 72°07'W at a depth of 147 m . Fragments of seascallop, Placo ecten magellanicus Gmelin, a species common at 1M m,were foun wi in the 80 cm core . :.je of the fragments was 13,200 +
, 210 years (Emery and Garrison, 1967) . Core T 203, taken from a smaTlridge rising above an erosional terrace, contained pieces of Mesodesma
l~yarctatum (Conrad), commonly found on exposed beaches and especiallyprevalent near the mouths of streams and tidal inlets . Age of thepieces was determined to be 14,850 + 250 years . Location of the coresample was 40°06'N, 70°32'W at a depth of 130 m . Core T 147 also con-
r tained shells of M . arctatum in sand that is perhaps a Holocene trans-gression deposit above a reworked Pleistocene surface (Emery zndGarrison, 1967) . The sand was probably deposited no more than 10 mbelow sea level as is indicated by its coarse-grained composition .This corresponds with the restricted habitat of h1 . arctatum . The corewas taken at 40°09'N, 70°29'W at a depth of 122 m. pmate age ofthe shell remnants is 13,420 + 210 years (Emery and Garrison, 1967) .
Other indicators of past sea levels are calcareous oolite deposits onthe continental shelf off North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, andFlori~'a . According to Milliman and Emery (1968), the oolites nearNorth r3rolina were deposited 17,000 to 29,000 years ago, indicating aregressive sea level since oolites presently grow only in agitatedshallow water . Submerged beachrock, which is fairly common off thesoutheastern states, can also be used to establish sea level curvessince this region, unlike more northern areas, did not receive a cover-ing of post glacial sediments (Milliman and Emery, 1968) . The loca-tion of oolite dep:.sits, shallow water molluscs, and other sea levelindicators (such as coralline algae and hermatypic corals) have beeninterpreted by Millirran and Emery (1968) to mean that the areas to thenorth of North Carolina did not experience the type of geologic up-lifting that occurred tu the south (i .e ., the continental shelf offTexas) . This uplift indicates that materials of archaeological sig~nificance will probably be found in more shallow water south of NorthCarolina .
Of particular importance are the discoveries of carbonaceous materials~ from Georges Bank . In 1964, a sample of peat was dredged by a
scalloper in 60 m of water from the western end of Georges Bank (Figure-- 12-4) as 41°09 .3'N, 68°43 .2'W (Emery, Wigley, and Rubin, 1965 ; Wigley,
1966 ; and Emery, et al ., 1967) . The sample contained salt water com-ponents in the form of Spartina , a salt marsh grass, and freshwaterindicators such as twigs, pollen, and freshwater diatoms (Emery, Wigley,and Rubin, 1965) . Additional samples were later collected at depthsas great as 68 m (Emery and Uchupi, 1972) by ships of the U . S . Bureauof Commercial Fisheries, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, and U . S .Geological Survey program (Fmery, et al ., 1967) . The appearance ofSpartina is a fairly accurate indicator of past sea levels sincethe grass inhabits a somewhat limited range between the mid-tide
1?=R
____--------~-. . .
. . . . . . . . . : ; .. .. . ~ _ . . .,.~+ -...
.,
. .
and high-tide marks (Wigley, 1966) . Woody substances such as twigs,pollen, and rootlets found in freshwater peat samples are consideredmore accurate in radiocarbon dating than the carbon in shells (Emery,Wigley, and Rubin, 1965) . Radiocarbon dating of the first peat samplesindicated an age of 11,000 years and the pollen in the peat samplesatteststo the existence of a cold climate (Emery, Wiglev, and Rubin,1965) . Later borings from Georges Bank to Cape Fear established theage of peat samples as approximately 15,000 years (Emery and Uchupi,1972) . According to the dates from the peat sample and from the shellsof C . vir inica , the sea level 11,000 years ago was approximately 60 mlowEr than present (Emery, 1966) .
Another recently recovered specimen of paleobotanical significance is apiece of silicified tree limb of a dicotyledonous tree, family Euptelea-ceae, genus Eu telea, which was dredged from the western end of GeorgesBank (Figure 12-5 near the peat deposits . The tree is thought to havelived during the Tertiary Period, 40 to 75 million years ago . This isthe first record of the genus Euptelea for this region of the UnitedStates (Wigley, 1966) .
IEmery, et al . (1967) state that the 400 radiocarbon dates of calcareousand carbonaceous materials taker : during the past decade from depthsbelow sea level have been used to construct generalized curves of sealevels in relation to time . The sea floor cores from which these dateswere taken extend previously available data on the distribution, natureand age of freshwater peat (Emery, et al ., 1967) . Emery, et al . (1967)conclude that continued sampling and datir.g of offshore peat depositsmay be "highly rewarding for studies of paleoclimatology" as well,since these sites are not complicated with physiceraphic variables thatoccur in upland sites of organic deposition .
12.4 MAMMALS
Teeth and bones of mastodons, mammoths, ar.d other marrnals have beendredged off the North Atlantic Coast in depths as great as 160 m(Whitmore, et al ., 1967) . These specimens were in relict sediments, in-dicating that mastodons and mamnoths livec on the shelf during the lastexposure (Emery and Uchupi, 1972) . Several spec°.mens were discoveredaccidently by ;,ommercial fishermen using otter trawls or scailop dredgesin the waters off Massachusetts, New York, and `:irginia (Wigley, 1966) .Locations of the discoveries are shown in Figures 12-5 and 12-6 .
Two factors should be taken into consideration when eviluating theseaccidental discoveries . First, :dhitmore, et al (1967) indicate thatthere is some uncertainty about the exact position and depth where thefossils were recovered, since tne nets used in trawling may drag alongthe bottom for several kilometers before being hauled . Secondly, thefossils were discovered in areas that are heavily dragged for scallops,clams, and bottom fishes, so the distribution of finds mainly reflectsthe intensity of trawling in these areas and the degree of specimen
12-9
-- -- - -- -~.= ~ __ .
/ . * ~
C rGIANT SHARK TOOTH4 Sor ~5 Gw ~,.
N
`,.rA I B
}~a~SILICIFIED TREE
` / ~SALT-Iu~ARSH PEAT ~/ ~n T~v s~ ti ,
i
. ,,~ ~. .sd''\ r ~-
WAOr
LRUS TUSK
:\
. R.f( ,
~ ~ ~
M.w.. •• '1 1
\
\e
~'~~g \ .\
`"': `'} 4 w wo ro rao
~~ ~ .
~-MAMMOTH TOOTH` O , .`
`. ,
ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
~ GQ~ ~FIGURE` Locations of Fossil Recoveries (Wigley, 1966)12-5I
:I . . • •
,
74 •
421
Ner Ypr« `~•t
!0. . . . .• . . . • . .. ~
Y• 70• se• ss•
Beieoi . ; .
/ S o
GEofkG / tioao
. ''~i O~oO.~ \o
• +e e :oe KM
•CONTOUP IN METERSS
%/ RELICT SANDDATED MAR'NE MATERIAl
A MASTODON
* MAMMOTH
Q O POSITION APPAOXIMATE
~
i c-! I
/ - /
~. • • . •. . ' . ~ . ' • . . . .• . . 1 . . .t
I ENVIRONMENTAL INVENTORY OF 1NE NORTH ATLANTIC CONTINENTAL SLOPE
ITRIGOMFIGURE12-6
Offshore Locations of Mastodon or Mammothleeth (Whitmore, et al ., 1967)
rescue and transfer into scientific institutions . Undoubtedly, a numberof specimens found in the nets are unrecognized and tossed back over-board (Whitmore, et al ., 1961) .
The following examples represent the types of mamrrial fossils that are ~being d ;scovered on the shelf and near the slope area . In 85 m depth Ia fossil mammoth, Mammuthus jeffersoni, molar tooth was dredged at ~36°51 .5'N, 75°02.0 W Wig ey, 1966 . According tc+ Whitmore, et al., ',(1967) molars of mastodons and mammnths have been found in at least 40 3additional sites, some as deep as 120 ir (Table 12-2) . These finds areespecially significant since bones, teeth, and other skeletal partsof the North American mammoth are extremely rare (Wigley, 1966). The 'number and distribution of teeth provides evidence that mammals roamedthe shelf in large numbers starting approximately 25,000 years ago(Whitmore, et al ., 1967) . Though most of the teeth found thus far are s .from the mastodon Mammut americanum (Kerr) (Table 12-2), this does notmean a predominance of this species . Instead, it might be concludedthat the mastodon molars are stronger than the fissile plated molars ofthe mammoth (Whitmore, et al ., 1967) . A giant fossil of the now extinctmoose-like species, Cervalces scotti Lydekker, was dredged from HudsonCanyon in 160 m of water. Other remains of Pleistocene mammals, suchas horse, tapir, and musk ox, have also been recovered, although thenumber of remains is less than the number of teeth, ;probably be.;ausethe teeth of mammoths and mastodons ara.jore conspicuous in trawler Ehauls (Whitmore, et al ., 1967) .
Two additional specimens ( Figure 12-5) wnich have been recovered are fromspecies that inhabited ancient seas of the Miocene and PleistoceneEpochs . A fossil shark tooth of the extinct giant shark, Carcharodormegalodon, was dredged from a depth of 40 m . Thes= sharks iv'T d r ngthe Miocene Epoch 20 miilion years ago and were about 40 to 50 feetlong (Wigley, 1965) . In April, 1965, 50 miles south of New York in64 m nf water, at 40°01 .4'N, 12°36 .3'W, a fossilized anterior portionof a walrus skull, Odobenus rosmarus , was found . This sDecies isthought to have lived 20 to 50 ttiousand years ago during the Pleisto-cene Epoch (Wigley, 1966) .
12.5 EARLY MAN
The theory that early man probably ranged over the continental shelf,approximately 10,000 years ago, is sub :tantiated by circumstantial evi-dence . Carbonaceous and calcareous materials, such as mollusc shells andpeat deposits, doct:::tent the relative sea levels from the last glacial re-treat, establishin that the continental shelf was once a broad coastalplain (Figure 12-1~ . Remains of animals, such as mammoths and mastodons,a musk ox and a moose-like animal have been discovered accidently byfishing trawls at depths as great as 160 m . Ear1;• man probably followedthe mammals he hunted out onto the shelf, perhaps establishing shelters,and learned to eat molluscs and fish from the post-Pleistocene ocean,leaving kitchen middens, in the form of shell rubbish heaps, at someJistance out on the shelf (Emei-y and Edwards, 1966) . Sir.ce numerous
Proho,eidean teeth dredged from the sea Eoor off the Atlantic coast o! North America. DeFths in puenthe.ces are taken from eharm/11-1•resiatian : R. right : L, left : M', second upper molar; M, third lower molar AS1NH• America: Museum of Natunl Histo .y ; ANSP, Acad
yenry of Natural Seienees, Philadelphia, Pa .; CB. cel :ection of C. Pcrringer, Bricl!c, N .J.; HLSt, coir-tioa of H . L Diilholen, 51 Linden Aven :x,Hamrtor., \'a .: LAH, collection of L A. Hubcr, Dir. of Shell Fishr.ies, State of 1ew Jersey . Bi .a1 .e. NJ. : LGO. l .ament GeoloFical Observat^r ;,,Ccdumbia Univenity; 1 .S, collection of L Samb .rski, 103 Co,Tin Avenue• New Bedford. \fass. : htCZ, Museum of Comparative Zoology . Itanvard CciversitY: NL collection of Captain N . Lepim (casts in U.S. National Musen n)' PU . Pccnccton Uni.erciry : USN\I, U.S . NatienalAlu.eum: 3\'CC, collection of W. C. Childs, Box 301, Linwood, htJ .; WJD, coIlcction of 31rs. XV. J. Da•is, Box 96, St'hite Marsh . Va .
Speei- Location Source We :er Col-
inen.
No . Specia, d .'~criri:on coordinates dcpth lectcd Ship, finder(N,W) (m) lyr)
" ( :SN?1 23786 3f. u,• :e .: .onur.~, L>°° 3v° ; 5' , 73"6' 20 1965?) PU 1472, Sr. amrri:anam, R\1= ,.,39°<5', 73°3?' (30; 1935` M. Gahrysei24 PU 16307 dt, amerirancmr• L\r: ,"39°d5' . 73°30' (<p1 . 1954* vbrr7 Srar, R. Goodmaa=5 PU I 6303 !. ,rri.a.uur:, L\t-~ ,a yo• 73`30'^-39' . (- ^) l .o .ti* T. Phiiip:6 PU 16345 \!. arnr,icunurn, \1' ...39°45', 73°30' (1•J ) 1950a L. Dcnt•seY, F. Coloni_7 A>tNH 22653 bf. eme .icnmuv. >t' 39'43', 73'1 .' 4 5 Seaaopcr2S A?iNH :919 t. . arr•r-i•,:,r :,r : . mc:ar 71'11 ~60:9 LAH .V . am.ericcr.am, ea.•:ar 73'5U' - :C Clam dredger3 1) A\1NH 32651 ,t! . ar,cricunuur, ; tolar 'a= :]C' (_0)31 PU 16343 .t•' . an.er,'ca,uun?, ecc :ion of tusk .~39`30'• "°3!Y 46 1950*32 WCC .S• . na•er.'x :rt:m, ;-o:ar -39"00' . 74"15' (30) 19`533 PU 13002 lt1. amer,'rmme,r, LSt -39'CD'• 74'37 ( :0 ) 196_• fVcicnt34 A\!NH 2-1169 Al. amnirarnrr•, . F\F 3S'35', 73°:Y 9C-1 :035 LS Al . americanwn, m .~ar -37`30' . 75`00' Sc 1965 Laura A .. L. R . Samborsll36 MCZ M. amrrica,uun• moar 36°56', 74"'3' 55 195937 ANSP 15231 M . ,..nericnnwa• L\(, . .•36'3 r,', 74°35' (SO) 193 1173A W1D M. amrricaruort . L\t, 3f°2 7 , 73`49' 83 1965 Dragger . W. Ntar.sfield39 NL Al. americanrrrn, L?t, and LM, 36'22', 75'0"a' S0 1965 Ruth Lea . N. Lepire41 USV\i `0562 Al. anrrricanum, r.,olar fragment - 35°. 76' Co) 1952•st G. Stires d/. americatum . LM, 40`03'. 73'50' ( :6) 146% Trinir,v, G. S:ires
° A .•Quisitmn h. Prince tl n Uairersity .
Source: Whitmore, et al . (1967)
12-13
_
artifacts and remains of early man have been uncovered along the pre-sent shoreline, it is reasonable to expect that other materials ofarchaeological importance might also be found on the continental shelf .
Early nomadic cultures, known as Paleo-Indians, used tools and weaponsof flint with clovis type fluted projectile points . From the dis-tribution of points recovered from land sites, it seems likely thatPaleo-Indians traveled along major river systems of the eastern sea-board (Cross, 1970) and out onto the continental shelf . In time, how-ever, the early clovis point cultures were displaced or assimilated
~- by men using related folsom projectile points . Mason (1962) statesthat is appears certain that these fluted projectile cultures occupied
' the coastal regions during a period 12,000 to 10,000 years ago, when. much of the shelf was still covered with forests and meadows (Emery
and Uchupi, 1972) . These dates are substantiated by radiocarbon measure-ments taken on charcoL . embedded with projectile points (Emery, 1966) .
`' The fluted point tools used by thPse early cultures may still remain~ in marine sediments, although any dwellings or shelters have undoubt-
edly been scattered as the seas advanced during the last glacial re-treat (Emery and Edwards, 1966). ~
` From a period beginning around 8,C•00 BP (before present) and continuingto 3,000 BP, Archaic Indians occupied both forests and coastline re-gions along the continental shelf (Cross, 1970) although the seaswere steadily rising to present levels . Artifacts recovered from on-
- shore areas include spear points, spear throwers, javelins, andstone tools for sewing, woodworking, cooking and fishing . No dis-coveries coveries have been made offshore . Furthermore, Emery and Edwards (1966)surmise that such recoveries are unlikely since sampling and seismicprofiles taken across the shelf have not revealed exposures of the
. ap;rooriate raw materials . Later Archaic~sites also contain fragmentsof stone (soapstone) bowls, tools for canoe construction, and crema-tion cemetaries .
By the time of Transitional Stage Indians and the successive Woodland~ Indians, sea levels had almost r 6a ched present levels, restricting
occupation sites to areas near the modern shoreline. The TransitionalStage ( so called because the older patterns of hunting/gathering arenow combined w 4 '.n pottery making and some agriculture which are charac-teristic of Woodland In 6ians) lasted from approximately 3,000 BP to2,500 BP (Cross, 1970) while the Woodland period extended from 2,500BP to the arrival of the first Europeans . At that time 1 -Joodland In-dians had settled in fixed camps and had established an economy based .on agriculture .
Other evidence of early man exists in the form of relatively recent' (4,000 years or less) kitchen middens along the present shoreline
(Emery and Edwards, 1966) . Some archaeologists ( Byers, 1959) c laimthat due to the absence of shells in these middens, early men did not
, eat molluscs and fish . Emery (1966), however, suggests that if aresearch submarine or submersible was used, kitchen midd ens older than4,000 years would be discovered in the- form of shell rubbish heaps in
approximately 60 m of water on the shelf . The area at this depthwould have been near the post-Pleistocene coastline where men of the
. ,.?.~~ Paleo-Indian culture would have obtained fish and molluscs .
!
t ~ .; ~ .
! ~ .
~.'`
,~ . .~
`~. . ..
Wigley (1966) summarizes the importance of further archaeological ex-ploration on the shelf as follows : "Evidence of early human occupa-tion tion of the offshore banks or other shelf areas would be exceedinglyvaluable to archaeologists in reconstructing the history of man" .Specifically, Emery and Edwards (1966) state that further explorationshould be directed to those areas which received little or no coverof post glacial sediment and where rivers crossed the shelf .
The archaeological potential of the shelf and outer shelf areas aresummarized by Emery and Edwards (1966) as follows (pg . 736) :
"Further exploration of the continental shelf by mannedvehicles, particularly in the area of relict sand (sandsleft by rising sea level of past glacial times) off the At-lantic Coast, should have a very good chance of discoveringsubmerged evidence of habitation by man dating from earlierthan 1 0,000 years . Once the difficulty of penetrating andmoving about in the water enviroimient down to about 150meters depth is economically overcome, archaeological ex-ploration of the sea floor may possess advantages overexplorations on land, owing to the lack of overburden .This advantage, however, may be partly offset by the scat-tering of materials produced by the passage of the surfzone over the sites .
The most promising places on the continental shelf tosearch for artifacts and kitchen middens must be in the
~ area of relict sand adjacent to the courses of former rivers,because of the absence of subsequent sediments****The shelf southeast of New York has been buried by recentclayey silts . Most of the Gulf of Maine (off Boston andPortland) is too deep to have been exposed 11,000 years ago,and much of the shallower part has received a blanket ofpostglacial silty clays, or it is covered with ice-raftedcobbles and residual concentrations of glacial till thatgreatly di ;ite any possible stone artifacts . The shallowcentral area of Georges Bank (300 to 400 km east of BoSton)is also unfavorable, owing to great postglacial shifti ;igof sand waves . There remains an area of about 250,000 .squarekilometers off the Middle Atlantic States that is most fav-orable for the search for submerged habitation sites ofearly man ."
.~1
12.6 REFERENCES
• Byers, D.C . 1959 . An introduction of five papers on the archaicstage . Amer . Antiquity, 24(3) : 229-256 .;
~ Cross, D. 1970. New Jersey's Indians . N.J . State Museum, Rep .' . 1, Trenton, N .J . 95 p .
_ . 1966 . Early man may have roamed the Atlantic shelf .-Uc-eanus, 12(2) : 3-4 .
Emery, K .O . ar.d R .L . Edwards . 1966 . Archaeolo jical potential of theAtlantic continental shelf . Amer. Antiquity, 31(5) : 733-737 .
Emery, K .O . and L .E . Garrison . 1967 . Sea levels 7,000 to 20,000years ago. Science, 157(3789) : 684-687 .
Emery, K.O . and J .S . Schlee . 1963 . The Atlantic continental shelfand slope, a program for study. U .S. Geol . Surv . Circ. 481 : 1-11 .
~' Emery, K.O . and E . Uchupi . 1972 . Western North Atlantic Ocean : topography,~ rocks, structure, water,life, and sedi ments . Amer . Assoc . Petrol .
Geol . 532 p .
Emery, K.O ., R .L . Wigley, A.S . Bartlett, 14 . Rubin, and E .S . Barghoorn .1967 . Freshwater peat on the continental shelf . Science, 158(3806) : 1301-1307 .
Emery, K.O ., R.L. Wigley, and M . Rubin . 1965 . A submerged peat depositoff the Atlantic Coast of the United States . Limnol . and Oceanogr .,10(Suppl .) : R97-R102 .
Mason, R.J . 1962 . The Paleo-Indian tradition in eastern North America .Current Anthropol ., 3(3) : 227-278 .
Merrill, A.S., K.O . Emery, and M . Rubin . 1965 . Ancient o ster shells~ on the Atlantic continental shelf . Science, 147(3656y) : 393-400 .
~ Milliman, J.D . and K .O . Emery . 1968 . Sea levels during the past35,000 years . Science, 162(3858) : 1121-1123 .
Stewart, H .B ., Jr. and G .F. Jordan. 1964 . Underwater sand ridges onGeorges Shoal . In : R .L . Miller (ed .), Papers in marine geology .Shepard Commem ., MacMillan, New York, p . 102-114 .
Uchupi, E . 1964 . Unusual hauls from Georges Bank . Oceanus, 10(4) :20-22 .
{! -
~ . .Whitmore, F .C ., Jr., K.O . Emery, H .B .S . Cooke, and D .J .P . Swift . 1957 .
' Elephant teeth from the Atlantic continental shelf . Science,156k 3781) : 1477-1481 .
_: Wigley, R.L. 1966 . Rare fossils dredged off the Atlantic Coast .Commer . Fish . Rev ., 28(11) : 28-32 .
Willey, G .B . and P . Phillips . 1958. Method and theory in Americanarchaeology . Chicago Univ . of Chicago Press, Phoenix Books .